RELEASE_NOTES revision 261194
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.2043 2014/01/23 20:27:19 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.14.8/8.14.8	2014/01/26
10	Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
11		OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
12		work properly, causing for example failures for certs
13		that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
14	When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
15		for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
16		On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
17		this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
18		Problem noted by Kees Cook.
19	A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
20		that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
21		same as what sendmail would generate.
22	Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
23		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example, instead
24		of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This means that
25		configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
26		custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
27		This will be turned on in 8.15.  It can be enabled in 8.14
28		by compiling with:
29		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
30		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
31	Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
32		dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
33		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
34		Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
35	If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
36		setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
37		Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
38	Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
39		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
40	Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
41	CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
42		in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
43	LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
44		Patch from Bill Parker.
45	LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
46		fail.  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
47	Portability:
48		Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
49		On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
50		for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
51		least 2.1.
52	Added Files:
53		devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
54		devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
55
568.14.7/8.14.7	2013/04/21
57	Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
58		from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
59		and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
60		connection.  Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
61	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
62		macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
63		Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
64		(Jaroslav Skarvada).
65	Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
66		was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
67		to the "addr-type" field.  Problem noted by Dan Lukes
68		of Obludarium.
69	Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
70		so that message bodies containing them will be sent
71		on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
72		that are not converted as those functions are used
73		for other purposes too.  Problem noted by Elchonon
74		Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
75	Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
76		resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
77		(4xy) via ruleset 0.  Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
78		of IIJ.
79	CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
80		of Oracle.
81	Portability:
82		Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
83		definitions.
84
858.14.6/8.14.6	2012/12/23
86	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
87		two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
88		STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
89		the client side would fail.  Problem noted by Lena.
90	Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
91		as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
92		to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
93		can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
94		headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
95		as a DKIM signing milter.
96	If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
97		runners could not be started anymore because an
98		internal counter was subject to a race condition.
99	If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
100		with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
101		In some situations, the resulting error might have been
102		ignored.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
103		Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
104		should not be done without considering the potential
105		problems.
106	smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
107		the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
108		list for all milters.  Problem reported by
109		David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
110	If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
111		then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
112		gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
113		Patch from Peter.
114	If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
115		error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
116		triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
117		memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
118		systems).  Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
119	Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
120		log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
121	Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
122		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
123	Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
124		is done for IPv6).  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
125	Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
126		that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
127		the reason for the failure in a single log line.  Suggested
128		by James Carey of Boeing.
129	Portability:
130		Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
131		Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
132		John Beck of Oracle.
133	Added Files:
134		devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
135		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
136
1378.14.5/8.14.5	2011/05/17
138	Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
139		is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
140		for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
141		same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
142		Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
143	Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
144		map lookup returns a size larger than 1K.  Based on a
145		patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
146	If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
147		the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
148		functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
149		versions the mail might have been queued up already
150		and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
151		will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
152		delivery.
153	Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
154	Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
155		use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
156	Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
157		no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
158		to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
159		Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
160	Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
161		lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
162		"AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
163		the memory of the client.  Bug report by Nils of MWR
164		InfoSecurity.
165	Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
166		connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
167		Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
168	If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
169		it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
170		unparseable) address is specified.
171	If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
172		stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
173		it.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
174	CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
175		-T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
176		that did not use LDAP.  This change has been undone
177		until a better solution can be implemented.  Problem
178		found by Andy Fiddaman.
179	CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
180		Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
181	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
182		letter between the question marks.  Patch from
183		Stefan Christensen.
184	DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
185		Patch from Mitchell Berger.
186	Portability:
187		Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
188		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later.  Patch
189		from John Marshall.
190		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
191		Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
192		Solaris 11.  Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
193		Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
194		OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0.  Based on patch from
195		Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
196		Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
197		for Solaris 11.  Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
198	New Files:
199		cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
200
2018.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
202	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
203		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
204		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
205		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
206	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
207		could occur which might result in bogus characters
208		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
209		Pepperdine University.
210	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
211		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
212	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
213		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
214		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
215		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
216		Hubert of University of Washington.
217	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
218		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
219		to be happening on some Linux versions).
220	The process title was missing the current load average when
221		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
222		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
223	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
224		only some of them are processed.
225	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
226		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
227		of Sun Microsystems.
228	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
229		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
230		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
231	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
232		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
233		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
234		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
235		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
236		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
237		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
238		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
239	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
240		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
241		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
242	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
243		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
244	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
245		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
246		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
247	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
248		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
249		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
250	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
251		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
252	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
253		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
254		Myers of Proofpoint.
255	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
256		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
257		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
258	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
259		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
260		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
261		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
262		University of Helsinki.
263	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
264		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
265		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
266		libraries).
267	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
268		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
269	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
270		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
271		Pineau.
272	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
273		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
274		John Nemeth.
275	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
276		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
277		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
278	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
279		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
280	Portability:
281		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
282		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
283		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
284		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
285
2868.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
287	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
288		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
289		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
290		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
291		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
292	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
293		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
294		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
295		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
296		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
297	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
298		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
299	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
300		noted by Beth Halsema.
301	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
302		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
303		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
304	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
305		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
306	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
307		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
308		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
309		whether libmilter contains this fix.
310	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
311		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
312	Portability:
313		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
314		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
315		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
316		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
317	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
318	Added Files:
319		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
320		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
321
3228.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
323	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
324		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
325		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
326		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
327		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
328	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
329		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
330		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
331		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
332		Myers of Proofpoint.
333	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
334		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
335	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
336		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
337		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
338		recipients.
339	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
340		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
341		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
342	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
343		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
344	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
345		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
346		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
347	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
348		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
349		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
350		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
351		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
352	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
353		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
354		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
355	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
356		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
357		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
358	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
359		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
360		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
361		than one LDAP server.
362	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
363		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
364		a system which does not have the compile time flag
365		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
366		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
367	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
368		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
369		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
370	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
371		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
372		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
373	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
374	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
375		replacing files.
376	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
377		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
378	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
379		appropriate.
380	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
381		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
382		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
383	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
384		from the version number, however, the returned value was
385		correct for the current libmilter version.
386
3878.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
388	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
389		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
390		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
391		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
392		found by Andy Fiddaman.
393	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
394		could not be set in 8.14.0.
395	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
396		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
397		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
398		Werner Wiethege.
399	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
400		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
401		Science and Mathematics.
402	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
403	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
404		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
405		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
406		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
407	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
408		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
409	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
410		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
411	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
412		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
413	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
414		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
415	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
416		Patches from Bryan Costales.
417	PORTABILITY FIXES:
418		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
419			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
420			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
421			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
422		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
423			Software Systems.
424	New Files:
425		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
426		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
427		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
428
429	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
430		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
431		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
432
4338.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
434	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
435		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
436		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
437		  headers.
438	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
439		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
440		exactly one space.
441	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
442		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
443		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
444		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
445		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
446		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
447	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
448		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
449		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
450		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
451	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
452		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
453	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
454		Patch from Nik Clayton.
455	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
456		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
457	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
458		per daemon socket:
459			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
460			refuseLA	RefuseLA
461			delayLA		DelayLA
462			queueLA		QueueLA
463			children	MaxDaemonChildren
464	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
465		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
466		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
467		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
468	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
469		from Nik Clayton.
470	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
471		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
472		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
473		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
474	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
475		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
476		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
477		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
478	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
479		readable" status.
480	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
481		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
482	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
483		is a header address it also distinguishes between
484		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
485		envelope addresses).
486	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
487		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
488	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
489	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
490		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
491		slow down responding.
492	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
493		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
494		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
495		a file where to store the selected key.
496	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
497		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
498		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
499		connection is terminated immediately.
500	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
501		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
502		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
503	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
504		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
505		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
506			a query if it is too long.
507		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
508			to form the result of a lookup.
509	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
510		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
511		started by using "make check".
512	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
513		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
514		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
515	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
516		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
517	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
518		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
519		intended.
520	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
521		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
522	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
523		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
524		which may improve the communication performance on some
525		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
526		Proofpoint.
527	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
528		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
529		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
530		line.
531	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
532		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
533	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
534		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
535		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
536	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
537		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
538		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
539	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
540		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
541		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
542		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
543	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
544		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
545		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
546		each delivery.
547	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
548		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
549		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
550		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
551	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
552		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
553		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
554		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
555		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
556		Sun Microsystems.
557	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
558		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
559		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
560	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
561		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
562	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
563		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
564			To:user@example.com	RELAY
565	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
566		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
567		SMTP dialogue.
568	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
569		for the HELO/EHLO command.
570	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
571		messages by using those values as second argument.
572		Patches from Nelson Fung.
573	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
574		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
575		preceeded by a backslash.
576	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
577		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
578		the required installation directories.
579	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
580		executables (defaults to confCC).
581	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
582		has several changes which are listed below and documented
583		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
584	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
585		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
586		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
587		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
588		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
589		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
590		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
591	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
592		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
593		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
594		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
595		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
596		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
597	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
598		can act on the DATA command.
599	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
600		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
601	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
602		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
603		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
604	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
605		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
606		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
607		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
608		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
609		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
610		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
611	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
612		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
613	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
614		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
615	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
616		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
617		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
618		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
619		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
620	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
621		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
622		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
623		negotiation.
624	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
625		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
626		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
627		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
628		inserted, or replaced.
629	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
630		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
631		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
632	New Files:
633		cf/feature/badmx.m4
634		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
635		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
636		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
637		include/sm/misc.h
638		include/sm/sendmail.h
639		include/sm/tailq.h
640		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
641		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
642		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
643		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
644		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
645		libmilter/example.c
646		libmilter/monitor.c
647		libmilter/worker.c
648		libsm/memstat.c
649		libsm/t-memstat.c
650		libsm/t-qic.c
651		libsm/util.c
652		sendmail/daemon.h
653		sendmail/map.h
654
6558.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
656	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
657		the server can erroneously report that there is
658		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
659		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
660		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
661		of University of Washington.
662	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
663		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
664		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
665		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
666	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
667		David F. Skoll.
668	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
669		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
670	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
671		range (0..255).
672	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
673		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
674		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
675		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.*
676		about these macros.
677
6788.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
679	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
680		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
681		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
682		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
683		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
684		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
685		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
686		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
687		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
688		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
689	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
690		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
691		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
692	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
693		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
694		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
695		layer made in 8.13.6.
696	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
697		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
698		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
699		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
700		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
701		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
702		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
703		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
704		to avoid those false positives.
705	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
706		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
707		files were not removed.
708	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
709		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
710		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
711	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
712		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
713		either of these versions and compression is available,
714		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
715		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
716	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
717		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
718		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
719		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
720		but an argument must be specified.
721	Portability:
722		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
723		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
724
7258.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
726	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
727		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
728		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
729		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
730		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
731		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
732		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
733	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
734		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
735		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
736		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
737		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
738		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
739	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
740		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
741		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
742		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
743	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
744		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
745		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
746		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
747		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
748		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
749		A. Earickson of Colby College.
750	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
751		Myers of Proofpoint.
752	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
753		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
754		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
755	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
756		resume a stored TLS session.
757	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
758		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
759		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
760	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
761		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
762		Sun Microsystems.
763	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
764		This generates an error message from libmilter on
765		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
766		request silently.
767	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
768		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
769		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
770		Services.
771	Portability:
772		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
773		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
774		Andrew Brown.
775
7768.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
777	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
778		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
779		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
780		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
781		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
782		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
783		than the base directory.
784	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
785		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
786		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
787		Werner Wiethege.
788	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
789		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
790		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
791		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
792	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
793		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
794		University.
795	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
796		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
797	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
798		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
799		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
800	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
801		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
802	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
803	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
804		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
805		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
806	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
807		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
808	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
809			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
810			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
811			source code.
812		Add support for AIX 5.3.
813		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
814		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
815		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
816	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
817		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
818			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
819			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
820		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
821			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
822			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
823			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
824		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
825			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
826			by Mike Pechkin.
827	New Files:
828		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
829		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
830		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
831		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
832		include/sm/time.h
833
8348.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
835	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
836		different error which could result in connections that
837		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
838		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
839	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
840		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
841		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
842		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
843	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
844		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
845	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
846		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
847		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
848		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
849	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
850		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
851		and bounce generation.
852	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
853		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
854		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
855		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
856		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
857	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
858		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
859	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
860		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
861	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
862		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
863		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
864	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
865		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
866		by Joe Maimon.
867	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
868		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
869		on patch by Brian Kantor.
870	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
871		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
872		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
873	Portability:
874		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
875			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
876			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
877			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
878			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
879		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
880			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
881			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
882			University of Bremen.
883	New Files:
884		include/sm/sem.h
885		libsm/sem.c
886		libsm/t-sem.c
887
8888.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
889	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
890		is active.
891	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
892		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
893		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
894	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
895		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
896		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
897	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
898		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
899		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
900		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
901
9028.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
903	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
904		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
905		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
906		Simple Nomad of BindView.
907	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
908		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
909		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
910	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
911		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
912		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
913		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
914		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
915	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
916		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
917	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
918		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
919		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
920	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
921		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
922	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
923		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
924		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
925	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
926		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
927	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
928		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
929		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
930	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
931		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
932	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
933		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
934		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
935	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
936		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
937		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
938	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
939		noted by Nelson Fung.
940	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
941		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
942	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
943		by Nelson Fung.
944	Portability:
945		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
946	New Files:
947		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
948		devtools/OS/DragonFly
949		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
950	Deleted Files:
951		libsm/vsscanf.c
952
9538.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
954	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
955		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
956		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
957		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
958	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
959		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
960	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
961		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
962		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
963		by David Russell.
964	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
965		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
966		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
967		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
968	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
969		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
970		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
971	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
972		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
973	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
974		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
975		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
976		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
977		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
978		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
979		Bielefeld.
980	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
981		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
982	Portability:
983		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
984			noted by Geoff Adams.
985		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
986		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
987			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
988		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
989			incompatibilities with various *roff related
990			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
991	New Files:
992		doc/op/README
993
9948.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
995	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
996		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
997		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
998		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
999		University.
1000	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1001		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1002		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1003	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1004		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1005	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1006		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
1007		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1008		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
1009		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1010		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1011	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1012		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1013		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1014		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1015		of cf/README for more information.
1016	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1017		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
1018		the LDAP library.
1019	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1020		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1021		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1022		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1023		library supports it.
1024	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1025		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1026	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1027		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1028		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1029	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1030		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1031		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1032		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
1033		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1034		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1035		determines the length of the interval for which the
1036		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
1037		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1038	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1039		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1040		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1041		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1042		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1043		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1044		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1045		during that connection.
1046	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1047		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
1048		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1049	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1050		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1051		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1052	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1053		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1054	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1055		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
1056		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1057		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1058	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1059		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1060		sendmail.
1061	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1062		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1063		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1064		Mines de Paris.
1065	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
1066		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1067		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1068		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1069		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1070		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1071		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1072		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1073	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1074		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
1075		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1076	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
1077		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1078		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
1079		by Sander Eerkes.
1080	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
1081		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1082		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
1083		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1084	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1085		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
1086		operates on lost queue items.
1087	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1088		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1089		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1090		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1091		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1092		quarantine reason.
1093	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1094		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1095	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1096		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1097		"QUARANTINE:".
1098	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1099		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1100		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
1101		be used for the quarantine reason.
1102	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1103	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1104		message if it is quarantined.
1105	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1106		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1107		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1108		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1109		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1110	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1111		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
1112		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1113	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1114		recipients received so far in a transaction.
1115	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1116		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
1117		noted by Kai Schlichting.
1118	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1119		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1120		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1121	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
1122		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1123	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1124	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1125		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1126	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1127		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1128		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1129	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1130	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1131		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1132		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
1133		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1134	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1135		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
1136		of the University of Manitoba.
1137	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1138		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1139		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1140		is active.
1141	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
1142		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1143		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1144	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1145		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1146	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1147		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1148	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1149		overwrite each other's pid files.
1150	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1151		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
1152		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1153	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1154		LogLevel 12 or higher.
1155	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1156		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1157		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1158		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1159		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1160	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1161		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1162		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
1163		of Sun Microsystems.
1164	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1165		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1166	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1167		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1168	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1169		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1170	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
1171		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1172	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1173		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1174		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1175		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1176	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1177		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
1178		further information.
1179	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1180		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1181	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1182		queue return and warning times for delivery status
1183		notifications.
1184	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1185		at all.
1186	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1187		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1188		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1189	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1190		for DaemonPortOptions.
1191	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1192		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1193		of Northern Illinois University.
1194	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1195		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1196		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1197		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1198		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1199	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1200		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1201	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1202		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1203	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1204		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1205		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1206	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1207		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1208	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1209		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1210		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1211	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1212		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1213	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1214		HOSTALIASES.
1215	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1216		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1217	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1218		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1219		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1220		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1221	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1222		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1223		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1224		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1225		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1226	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1227		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1228	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1229		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1230	Portability:
1231		Two new compile options have been added:
1232			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1233			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1234			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1235		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1236			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1237			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1238			programs to match locking techniques.
1239		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1240			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1241		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1242			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1243			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1244			Center for Scientific Computing.
1245		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1246		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1247		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1248			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1249			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1250			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1251			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1252	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1253		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1254		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1255		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1256	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1257		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1258		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1259		of Northern Illinois University.
1260	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1261		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1262		the message using the given reason.
1263	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1264		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1265		DNS records than just A.
1266	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1267		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1268		connections is maintained.
1269	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1270		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1271	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1272		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1273	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1274		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1275		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1276		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1277		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1278	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1279		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1280		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1281		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1282		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1283		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1284	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1285		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1286	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1287		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1288		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1289	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1290		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1291		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1292	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1293		to follow the naming conventions.
1294	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1295		the A= argument.
1296	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1297		local_lmtp.
1298	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1299		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1300	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1301		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1302		its rules.
1303	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1304		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1305		status notifications.
1306	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1307	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1308		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1309		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1310	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1311		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1312		doc/op/op.me.
1313	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1314		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1315		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1316	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1317		certificate revocations lists.
1318	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1319		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1320		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1321		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1322	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1323		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1324		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1325		for more information.
1326	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1327		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1328		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1329		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1330		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1331	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1332	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1333		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1334		of LifeLine Networks.
1335	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1336		Derek J. Balling.
1337	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1338		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1339	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1340		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1341	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1342		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1343		Filters which use this function must include the
1344		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1345	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1346		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1347	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1348		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1349	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1350		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1351		resetting the timeout.
1352	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1353		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1354		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1355	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1356		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1357	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1358		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1359		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1360	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1361		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1362	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1363		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1364	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1365		from Bryan Costales.
1366	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1367		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1368	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1369		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1370	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1371		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1372		Informations Services.
1373	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1374	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1375		instead of '#'.
1376	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1377		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1378		headers.
1379	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1380		for the auto-response message.
1381	New Files:
1382		CACerts
1383		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1384		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1385		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1386		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1387		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1388		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1389		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1390		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1391		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1392		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1393		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1394		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1395		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1396		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1397		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1398		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1399		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1400		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1401		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1402		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1403		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1404		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1405		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1406		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1407	Deleted Files:
1408		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1409		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1410		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1411		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1412		libsm/vsprintf.c
1413	Renamed Files:
1414		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1415
14168.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1417	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1418		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1419		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1420	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1421		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1422		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1423		Techfirm, Inc.
1424	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1425		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1426		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1427	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1428		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1429		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1430		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1431	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1432		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1433		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1434		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1435	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1436		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1437		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1438	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1439		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1440	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1441		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1442		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1443		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1444		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1445		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1446	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1447		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1448		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1449	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1450		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1451		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1452	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1453		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1454		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1455		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1456		external application that accesses qf files.
1457	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1458		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1459	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1460		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1461		Breyha.
1462	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1463		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1464		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1465		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1466		environment.
1467	Portability:
1468		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1469		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1470			Sun Microsystems.
1471	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1472		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1473	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1474		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1475	New Files:
1476		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1477
14788.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1479	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1480		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1481		of Courtesan Consulting.
1482	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1483		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1484		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1485		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1486		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1487	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1488		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1489	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1490	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1491		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1492	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1493		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1494	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1495		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1496		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1497	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1498		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1499	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1500	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1501		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1502		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1503	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1504		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1505		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1506	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1507		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1508	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1509		to make sure they match.
1510	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1511		in the kernel.
1512	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1513		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1514		Bart Duchesne.
1515	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1516		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1517		Craig Hunt.
1518	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1519		from Jerome Borsboom.
1520	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1521		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1522		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1523	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1524		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1525		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1526		after the close() and before the truncate().
1527	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1528		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1529		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1530	Portability:
1531		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1532			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1533			with AIX 5.2.
1534		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1535			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1536		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1537			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1538			of Harker Systems.
1539		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1540			your Linux distribution, compile with
1541			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1542	Added Files:
1543		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1544
15458.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1546	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1547		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1548		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1549		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1550		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1551		includes DNS.
1552	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1553		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1554		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1555		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1556	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1557		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1558		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1559		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1560		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1561		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1562		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1563	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1564		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1565	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1566		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1567		College London.
1568	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1569		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1570		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1571	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1572		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1573	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1574	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1575		text file instead of the database map.
1576	Portability:
1577		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1578			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1579			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1580			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1581
15828.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1583	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1584		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1585		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1586		of ISS X-Force.
1587	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1588		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1589		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1590		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1591	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1592		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1593	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1594		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1595		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1596	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1597		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1598	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1599		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1600		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1601
16028.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1603	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1604		across various connections.  This could cause session
1605		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1606		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1607		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1608	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1609		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1610		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1611	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1612		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1613		Erik Parker.
1614	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1615		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1616		is used.
1617	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1618		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1619	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1620		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1621		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1622		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1623		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1624	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1625		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1626	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1627		of 11 or higher.
1628	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1629		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1630	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1631		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1632		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1633		to be run even if Runners=0.
1634	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1635		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1636		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1637	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1638		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1639	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1640		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1641	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1642		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1643	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1644		by John Majikes of IBM.
1645	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1646		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1647	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1648		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1649		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1650	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1651		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1652		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1653	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1654		noted by Matthias Andree.
1655	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1656		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1657	Portability:
1658		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1659		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1660			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1661			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1662			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1663			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1664			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1665		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1666			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1667		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1668			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1669		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1670			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1671		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1672		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1673			Corporation.
1674		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1675	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1676		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1677	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1678		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1679		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1680	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1681		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1682		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1683		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1684		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1685		in the file itself.
1686	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1687		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1688		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1689		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1690	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1691	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1692		relay.
1693	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1694		in access_db.
1695	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1696	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1697		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1698		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1699	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1700		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1701		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1702	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1703		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1704		Sun Microsystems.
1705	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1706		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1707	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1708		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1709		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1710	New Files:
1711		devtools/OS/Interix
1712		include/sm/bdb.h
1713
17148.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1715	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1716		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1717		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1718		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1719		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1720	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1721		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1722		Courtesan Consulting.
1723	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1724		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1725		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1726	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1727		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1728		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1729	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1730		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1731		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1732		Earickson of Colby College.
1733	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1734		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1735		Courtesan Consulting.
1736	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1737		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1738	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1739		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1740		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1741	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1742		execve().
1743	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1744		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1745		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1746	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1747		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1748		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1749		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1750		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1751	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1752		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1753		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1754	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1755	Portability:
1756		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1757			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1758			fix from Scott Walters.
1759		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1760		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1761			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1762		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1763			NETISO support has been dropped.
1764	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1765		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1766		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1767		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1768		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1769		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1770		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1771		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1772		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1773		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1774		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1775		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1776		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1777		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1778	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1779		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1780		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1781		University.
1782	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1783		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1784	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1785		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1786	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1787		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1788	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1789		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1790		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1791	New Files:
1792		contrib/etrn.0
1793
17948.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1795	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1796		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1797		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1798		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1799		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1800		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1801	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1802		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1803		with rogue DNS servers.
1804	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1805		by Bryan Costales.
1806	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1807		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1808		Costales.
1809	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1810		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1811		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1812		Polytechnic Institute.
1813	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1814		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1815	Portability:
1816		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1817			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1818			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1819			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1820		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1821			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1822			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1823			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1824			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1825			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1826			related programs to match locking techniques.
1827
18288.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1829	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1830		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1831		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1832		section of the top level README for more information.
1833		Problem noted by lumpy.
1834	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1835		instead of 0644.
1836	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1837		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1838		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1839	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1840		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1841		Purdue University.
1842	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1843		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1844		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1845	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1846		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1847		of Active State.
1848	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1849		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1850		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1851	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1852		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1853		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1854		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1855	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1856		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1857	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1858		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1859	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1860		or the queue.
1861	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1862		user who started sendmail.
1863	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1864		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1865		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1866	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1867		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1868		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1869		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1870		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1871	Portability:
1872		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1873			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1874			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1875		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1876			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1877			Charles University in Prague.
1878		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1879			memory.
1880	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1881		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1882	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1883		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1884		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1885	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1886		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1887	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1888		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1889		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1890		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1891		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1892	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1893		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1894		noted by Bryan Costales.
1895	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1896		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1897	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1898		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1899	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1900		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1901	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1902		match dnsbl change.
1903	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1904		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1905		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1906	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1907		a user's filter starts other applications.
1908	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1909		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1910	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1911		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1912		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1913	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1914		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1915	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1916		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1917		noted by Bryan Costales.
1918	New Files:
1919		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1920
19218.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1922	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1923		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1924		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1925		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1926		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1927		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1928		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1929		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1930		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1931		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1932		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1933		University.
1934	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1935		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1936		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1937		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1938		of INTERMETA.
1939	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1940		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1941	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1942		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1943	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1944		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1945		ActiveState.
1946	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1947		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1948	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1949		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1950		Northern Illinois University.
1951	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1952		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1953		of Dinoex.
1954	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1955		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1956		Polytechnic Institute.
1957	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1958		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1959		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1960	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1961		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1962		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1963	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1964		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1965	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1966		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1967	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1968		missing arguments.
1969	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1970		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1971		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1972	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1973		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1974	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1975		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1976		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1977	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1978		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1979		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1980	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1981		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1982		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1983		of Concordia University.
1984	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1985		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1986	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1987		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1988		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1989		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1990	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1991		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1992		Elvers.
1993	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1994		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1995		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1996		total number of TCP connections.
1997	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1998		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1999		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2000	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2001		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2002	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2003		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2004		Texas.
2005	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2006		to 451.
2007	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2008		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
2009		patch by Bryan Costales.
2010	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2011		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2012	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2013		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2014		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2015		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2016		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
2017		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2018		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2019		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2020	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2021		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2022		command).
2023	Portability:
2024		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2025			available.
2026		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
2027			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2028			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2029			Skyrr.
2030		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
2031			noted by John Beck.
2032		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2033		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
2034			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2035	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2036		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
2037		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2038	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2039		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2040		error.
2041	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2042		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
2043		Krzysztof Oledzki.
2044	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2045		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2046	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2047		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2048	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2049		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2050		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2051		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2052		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
2053		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2054	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2055		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
2056		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2057		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2058		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2059		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2060		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2061		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2062	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2063		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
2064		noted by John Beck.
2065	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2066		if queue groups are used.
2067	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2068	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2069	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2070		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2071	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2072	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2073		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
2074		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2075		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2076		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2077		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2078	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2079		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
2080		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2081	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2082		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2083		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2084	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
2085		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2086		ldap_memfree().
2087	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2088		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2089	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
2090		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2091	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
2092		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2093		San Francisco.
2094	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2095	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
2096		Joe Barbish.
2097	New Files:
2098		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2099
21008.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
2101	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2102		at startup, only log an error message.
2103	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2104		following -b) has been specified.
2105	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2106		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
2107		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2108	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2109		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2110		Regensburg.
2111	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2112		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2113		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2114		Institute of Mining and Technology.
2115	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2116		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2117		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2118	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2119		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2120		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2121	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2122		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2123		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2124	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2125		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
2126		SMTP connections.
2127	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
2128		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2129		and Technology.
2130	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2131		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2132		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2133		Meteorological Institute.
2134	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2135		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2136		Online.
2137	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2138		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2139		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2140		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2141		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2142		types, respectively.
2143	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2144		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2145		of Virginia Tech.
2146	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2147		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2148		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2149	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2150		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2151	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2152		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2153	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2154		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2155		of Vienna.
2156	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
2157		of Sun Microsystems.
2158	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2159		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2160		with servers that do not support realms when using
2161		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2162	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2163		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
2164		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2165	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2166		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2167		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2168	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2169	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2170		instead of forcing localhost.
2171	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2172		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2173	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
2174		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2175	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2176		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2177		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2178		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2179		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2180	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2181		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2182	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
2183		Compaq Computer Corp.
2184	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2185		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2186		Tech.
2187	Portability:
2188		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
2189			patch provided by HP.
2190		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2191			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2192		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2193			Sachin of Siemens.
2194		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2195		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2196			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2197			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2198			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2199		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2200			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2201		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2202			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2203		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2204			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2205			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2206			Hewlett-Packard.
2207		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2208			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2209			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2210		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2211			Virginia Tech.
2212		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2213			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2214		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2215			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2216	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2217		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2218		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2219	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2220		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2221	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2222		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2223		Florida.
2224	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2225		Altin Waldmann.
2226	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2227		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2228		Hewlett-Packard.
2229	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2230		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2231		of MSFU.
2232	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2233		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2234		Institute.
2235	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2236	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2237		to free memory twice.
2238	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2239		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2240		of Sun Microsystems.
2241	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2242		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2243		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2244		University of Athens.
2245	New Files:
2246		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2247		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2248		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2249		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2250		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2251		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2252		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2253		libsm/mpeix.c
2254
22558.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2256	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2257		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2258		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2259		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2260		found by Michal Zalewski.
2261	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2262		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2263		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2264		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2265	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2266		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2267	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2268		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2269		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2270	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2271		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2272		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2273	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2274		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2275		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2276		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2277		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2278	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2279		canonical name for a host.
2280	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2281		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2282		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2283		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2284	Portability:
2285		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2286			`uname` does not given complete information.
2287			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2288			Aircraft Company.
2289		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2290			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2291		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2292			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2293			Courtesan Consulting.
2294	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2295		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2296	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2297		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2298		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2299	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2300		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2301		then use it.
2302	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2303		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2304	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2305		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2306	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2307		and vacation.
2308	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2309		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2310		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2311	New Files:
2312		test/Build
2313		test/Makefile
2314		test/Makefile.m4
2315		test/README
2316		test/t_dropgid.c
2317		test/t_setgid.c
2318	Deleted Files:
2319		include/sm/stdio.h
2320		include/sm/sysstat.h
2321
23228.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2323	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2324		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2325		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2326		default).  The installation process tries to install
2327		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2328		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2329	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2330		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2331		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2332		flags:
2333			GroupWritableForwardFile
2334			WorldWritableForwardFile
2335			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2336			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2337		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2338	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2339		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2340		(IdS).
2341	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2342		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2343		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2344		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2345		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2346		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2347	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2348		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2349		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2350		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2351		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2352	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2353		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2354	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2355		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2356		sendmail/SECURITY.
2357	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2358		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2359		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2360	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2361		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2362		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2363		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2364		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2365	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2366		command has been removed.
2367	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2368		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2369	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2370		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2371		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2372		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2373	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2374		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2375		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2376		supported.
2377	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2378		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2379		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2380		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2381		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2382		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2383		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2384		creation rather than just before delivery.
2385	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2386		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2387		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2388		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2389		preference matches (coattail).
2390	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2391		try other MX hosts if available.
2392	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2393		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2394	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2395		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2396		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2397	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2398	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2399		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2400		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2401		removed in future versions.
2402	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2403		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2404	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2405		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2406		doc/op/op.me for details.
2407	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2408		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2409		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2410		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2411	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2412	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2413		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2414	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2415		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2416		enough on a per recipient basis.
2417	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2418		for STARTTLS.
2419	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2420		value "NOT".
2421	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2422		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2423	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2424		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2425	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2426		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2427		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2428		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2429	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2430		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2431	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2432		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2433		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2434		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2435		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2436		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2437		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2438		by a queue run.
2439	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2440		system each queue directory resides in.
2441	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2442	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2443	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2444		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2445		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2446		same time.
2447	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2448		active queue runner processes.
2449	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2450		runners per queue group.
2451	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2452		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2453		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2454		of the queue that match during processing.
2455	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2456		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2457		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2458		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2459		persistent queue runner.
2460	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2461		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2462		sendmail -q15m).
2463	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2464		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2465	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2466		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2467	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2468		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2469	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2470		of the qf file (older entries first).
2471	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2472		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2473		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2474		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2475	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2476		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2477	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2478		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2479		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2480		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2481		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2482	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2483		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2484		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2485	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2486		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2487		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2488		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2489		details.
2490	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2491		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2492	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2493		and the usual documentation for details.
2494	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2495	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2496		announced in 8.10.
2497	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2498	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2499		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2500		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2501	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2502		-r (number of retries).
2503	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2504		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2505		and value separated by the given separator.
2506	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2507		to map class arith.
2508	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2509		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2510	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2511		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2512	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2513		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2514		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2515	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2516		filenames with spaces).
2517	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2518	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2519		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2520		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2521		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2522		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2523		to the loopback net.
2524	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2525	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2526		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2527	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2528		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2529	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2530		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2531	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2532		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2533		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2534		Development Group.
2535	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2536		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2537		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2538		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2539		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2540		load average is exceeded.
2541	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2542		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2543		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2544		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2545		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2546	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2547	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2548	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2549		instead.
2550	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2551		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2552	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2553		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2554		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2555	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2556		for direct (command line) submissions.
2557	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2558		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2559		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2560	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2561		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2562		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2563	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2564		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2565		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2566		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2567	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2568		before logging.
2569	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2570		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2571	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2572	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2573		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2574		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2575	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2576		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2577		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2578	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2579		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2580		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2581		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2582		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2583		See libsm/index.html for details.
2584	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2585		care of by fork() and exit().
2586	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2587		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2588		new and old (from new libsm).
2589	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2590		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2591	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2592	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2593		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2594		synchronizations calls.
2595	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2596	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2597	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2598		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2599	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2600		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2601		for details.
2602	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2603		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2604		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2605		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2606	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2607		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2608		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2609	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2610		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2611		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2612		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2613		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2614		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2615		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2616	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2617		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2618	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2619		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2620	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2621		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2622		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2623		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2624		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2625		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2626		Urbana-Champaign.
2627	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2628		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2629	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2630		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2631		connections.
2632	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2633		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2634		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2635		cf/README.
2636	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2637		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2638		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2639		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2640		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2641		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2642		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2643		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2644		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2645		example).
2646	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2647		the default schema used in the above two items.
2648	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2649		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2650		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2651	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2652		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2653		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2654	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2655		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2656		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2657		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2658		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2659	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2660		HELO/EHLO commands.
2661	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2662		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2663		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2664		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2665		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2666		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2667		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2668	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2669		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2670		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2671		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2672		(verbose) command line option.
2673	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2674		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2675		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2676		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2677	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2678		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2679		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2680	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2681		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2682		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2683	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2684		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2685		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2686		British Columbia.
2687	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2688		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2689	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2690		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2691		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2692		if required.
2693	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2694		class instead.
2695	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2696		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2697		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2698		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2699	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2700		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2701	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2702		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2703		Nelson of IBM.
2704	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2705		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2706		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2707		their defaults are:
2708		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2709		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2710		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2711		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2712		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2713		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2714		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2715	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2716		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2717	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2718		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2719		Meteorological Institute.
2720	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2721		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2722		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2723	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2724		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2725		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2726	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2727		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2728		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2729		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2730		See sendmail/README for further information.
2731	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2732		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2733		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2734	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2735		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2736		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2737	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2738		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2739	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2740		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2741		flora.ca.
2742	Portability:
2743		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2744			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2745			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2746		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2747			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2748			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2749			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2750			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2751			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2752		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2753			Solaris 8 and later.
2754		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2755	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2756	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2757	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2758	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2759	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2760		temporary lookup failures.
2761	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2762		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2763		or IP nets.
2764	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2765		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2766		to get through.
2767	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2768		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2769		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2770		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2771		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2772	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2773		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2774		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2775		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2776	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2777		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2778		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2779	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2780		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2781		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2782	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2783		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2784	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2785		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2786		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2787	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2788		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2789		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2790		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2791		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2792	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2793		cf/README for details.
2794	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2795		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2796		University of Maryland.
2797	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2798		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2799	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2800		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2801		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2802	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2803		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2804		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2805		Solving.
2806	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2807		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2808	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2809		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2810	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2811		immediately.
2812	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2813		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2814		See cf/README for details.
2815	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2816		temporary lookup failures.
2817	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2818		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2819	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2820		memory use.
2821	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2822		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2823		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2824		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2825		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2826	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2827		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2828	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2829		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2830	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2831		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2832	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2833		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2834		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2835		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2836	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2837	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2838		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2839		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2840		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2841		additional details.
2842	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2843		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2844		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2845		information.
2846	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2847		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2848		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2849	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2850		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2851		recipients as user unknown.
2852	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2853		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2854		section of cf/README for more information.
2855	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2856		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2857		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2858	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2859		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2860		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2861	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2862		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2863		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2864		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2865		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2866		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2867		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2868		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2869		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2870		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2871		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2872	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2873		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2874		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2875		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2876		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2877	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2878		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2879		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2880		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2881		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2882		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2883		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2884		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2885		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2886		doc/op/op.me for details.
2887	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2888		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2889		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2890	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2891		dequote map.
2892	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2893	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2894		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2895	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2896		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2897		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2898		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2899		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2900		This affects the access database as well as the
2901		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2902	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2903	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2904	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2905		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2906		Mississippi State University.
2907	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2908		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2909	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2910		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2911		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2912	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2913		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2914		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2915	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2916		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2917		systems which don't include cat directories.
2918	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2919	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2920		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2921		mailbox database type.
2922	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2923		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2924		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2925		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2926	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2927		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2928	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2929		instead of white space.
2930	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2931		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2932		Meteorological Institute.
2933	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2934	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2935		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2936	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2937		instead of syslog.
2938	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2939		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2940		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2941		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2942	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2943		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2944		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2945		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2946	New Directories:
2947		libmilter/docs
2948	New Files:
2949		cf/cf/README
2950		cf/cf/submit.cf
2951		cf/cf/submit.mc
2952		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2953		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2954		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2955		cf/feature/msp.m4
2956		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2957		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2958		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2959		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2960		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2961		cf/sendmail.schema
2962		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2963		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2964		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2965		editmap/*
2966		include/sm/*
2967		libsm/*
2968		libsmutil/cf.c
2969		libsmutil/err.c
2970		sendmail/SECURITY
2971		sendmail/TUNING
2972		sendmail/bf.c
2973		sendmail/bf.h
2974		sendmail/sasl.c
2975		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2976		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2977		sendmail/tls.c
2978	Deleted Files:
2979		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2980		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2981		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2982		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2983		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2984		include/sendmail/useful.h
2985		libsmutil/errstring.c
2986		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2987		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2988		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2989		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2990		sendmail/clock.c
2991	Renamed Files:
2992		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2993		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2994		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2995
29968.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2997	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2998		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2999		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3000		of ISS X-Force.
3001	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3002		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3003		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3004		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3005		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3006		includes DNS.
3007	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3008		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3009		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
3010		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3011	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3012		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3013		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3014		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3015		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3016		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3017		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3018	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3019		across various connections.  This could cause session
3020		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3021		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
3022		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3023	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3024		canonical name for a host.
3025	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3026	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3027		or the queue.
3028	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3029		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3030		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3031		Polytechnic Institute.
3032	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3033		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3034		Purdue University.
3035	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3036		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3037		Texas.
3038	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3039		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3040		error.
3041	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3042		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3043	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3044		and vacation.
3045	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3046		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3047	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3048		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
3049		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3050	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3051		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3052		Sun Microsystems.
3053	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3054		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
3055		iDEFENSE, Inc.
3056
30578.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
3058	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3059		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
3060		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3061	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
3062		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3063		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3064		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
3065		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3066	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3067		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
3068		Werner Wiethege.
3069	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
3070		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3071
30728.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
3073	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3074		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
3075		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3076		of SE Netway Communications.
3077	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3078		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3079	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3080		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3081		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
3082		Bosserman of EarthLink.
3083	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3084		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3085	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3086		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3087		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3088		University College.
3089	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
3090		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3091	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3092		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3093		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3094		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3095		University at Albany.
3096	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3097		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3098	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3099		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3100		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3101		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3102	Portability:
3103		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
3104			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3105		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3106			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3107		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3108			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3109		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
3110			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3111	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3112		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3113
31148.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
3115	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3116		corruption and other potential race conditions.
3117		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3118		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
3119		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
3120		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3121	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3122		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3123		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3124	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3125		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3126		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3127	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
3128		from Kenji Miyake.
3129	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3130		QueueDirectory wildcards.
3131	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3132		the same map again while exiting.
3133	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3134		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3135		of Tuebingen.
3136	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3137		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3138		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3139		Oklahoma State University.
3140	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3141		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3142		InTouch Systems, Inc.
3143	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3144		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3145		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3146		Morgan Stanley.
3147	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3148		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
3149		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3150	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
3151		from Werner Wiethege.
3152	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3153		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
3154	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3155		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3156		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3157		Internet Services.
3158	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
3159		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3160	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
3161		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3162	Portability:
3163		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3164	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3165		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3166	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3167	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3168		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3169		Meteorological Institute.
3170	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3171		since it generates random process ids.
3172	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3173		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3174		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3175	New Files:
3176		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3177
31788.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
3179	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3180		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3181		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3182		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3183	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3184		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3185		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3186		communications consulting gmbh.
3187	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3188		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3189	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3190		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3191		connection came in from the command line.
3192	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3193		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3194		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3195	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3196		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3197	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3198		when they were committed.
3199	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3200		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3201	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3202		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3203		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3204		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3205	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3206		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3207		University.
3208	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3209		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3210		accept() completes.
3211	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3212		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3213	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3214		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3215		Wellcome.
3216	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3217		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3218		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3219		University.
3220	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3221		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3222		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3223		University of New Brunswick.
3224	Portability:
3225		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3226			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3227			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3228		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3229			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3230		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3231			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3232			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3233		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3234			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3235			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3236	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3237		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3238	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3239		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3240	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3241		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3242		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3243		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3244		Institute.
3245	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3246		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3247		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3248	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3249		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3250	Renamed Files:
3251		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3252
32538.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3254	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3255		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3256		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3257		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3258		Schools" project (IdS).
3259	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3260		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3261		be enabled by compiling with:
3262		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3263		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3264		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3265	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3266		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3267	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3268		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3269		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3270		Colby College.
3271	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3272		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3273	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3274		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3275		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3276		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3277	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3278		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3279		NxNetworks, Inc.
3280	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3281		client name.
3282	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3283		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3284		the Universitat Regensburg.
3285	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3286		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3287		University of Arizona.
3288	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3289		of Collective Technologies.
3290	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3291		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3292		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3293		Engineering.
3294	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3295		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3296		Meteorological Institute.
3297	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3298		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3299	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3300		Meteorological Institute.
3301	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3302		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3303		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3304		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3305	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3306		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3307		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3308	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3309		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3310		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3311	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3312		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3313		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3314		counting.
3315	Portability:
3316		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3317			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3318			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3319		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3320			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3321		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3322			Rosenman.
3323		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3324			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3325		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3326			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3327			of Pacific Access.
3328		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3329			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3330		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3331			Microsystems.
3332	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3333		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3334		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3335	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3336		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3337	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3338		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3339	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3340		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3341	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3342		Virginia Tech.
3343	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3344		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3345		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3346	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3347	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3348		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3349		gmbh.
3350	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3351		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3352	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3353		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3354		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3355		of Kyoto University.
3356	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3357		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3358		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3359		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3360		version.
3361	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3362		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3363		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3364	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3365	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3366		or *-owner.
3367	New Files:
3368		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3369		contrib/buildvirtuser
3370		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3371
33728.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3373	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3374		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3375	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3376		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3377		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3378		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3379		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3380	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3381		wildcards.
3382	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3383		process may close the connection before the child process
3384		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3385		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3386		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3387	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3388		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3389	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3390		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3391		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3392		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3393	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3394		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3395		of EarthLink.
3396	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3397	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3398		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3399		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3400	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3401		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3402	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3403		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3404		Fournier of Acadia University.
3405	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3406		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3407		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3408		one of the others may be able to take over.
3409	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3410		previous load average query result.
3411	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3412		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3413		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3414		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3415	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3416		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3417	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3418		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3419		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3420	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3421		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3422	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3423		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3424		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3425	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3426		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3427	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3428		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3429		University of British Columbia.
3430	Portability:
3431		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3432			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3433			override the setting.  Suggested by
3434			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3435		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3436			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3437			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3438		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3439			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3440			College.
3441		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3442			Tom Moore of NCR.
3443		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3444			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3445		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3446			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3447			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3448		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3449			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3450			Consulting.
3451	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3452		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3453	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3454		errors in the MAIL address.
3455	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3456		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3457	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3458		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3459	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3460		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3461		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3462		Ericsson.
3463	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3464		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3465		mailer as described in cf/README.
3466	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3467		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3468	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3469		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3470	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3471		sendmail.
3472	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3473		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3474		Meteorological Institute.
3475	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3476	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3477		dot as the only character on the line.
3478	New Files:
3479		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3480
34818.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3482	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3483		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3484		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3485		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3486		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3487		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3488		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3489	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3490		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3491		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3492		Systems in this category should compile with
3493		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3494		system and report broken implementations to
3495		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3496		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3497	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3498		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3499		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3500	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3501		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3502		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3503		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3504	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3505		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3506		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3507		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3508	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3509		random data.
3510	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3511		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3512		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3513	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3514		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3515		Martin of CMU.
3516	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3517		strength factor.
3518	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3519		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3520		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3521		of CMU.
3522	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3523		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3524		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3525	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3526		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3527		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3528		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3529		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3530		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3531		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3532		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3533	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3534		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3535		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3536		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3537		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3538		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3539	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3540		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3541		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3542		of Sun Microsystems.
3543	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3544		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3545		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3546		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3547		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3548		delivery attempts.
3549	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3550		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3551		smoe.org.
3552	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3553		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3554		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3555	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3556		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3557	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3558		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3559		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3560		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3561	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3562		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3563		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3564	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3565		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3566		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3567		of Northern Illinois University.
3568	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3569		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3570	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3571		to kilobyte units.
3572	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3573		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3574		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3575		Polytechnic.
3576	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3577		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3578		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3579		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3580	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3581		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3582		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3583	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3584		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3585	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3586		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3587		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3588	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3589		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3590		G. Thomas Consulting.
3591	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3592		port number (113).
3593	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3594		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3595	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3596		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3597		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3598	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3599		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3600		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3601		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3602	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3603		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3604		University of Mainz.
3605	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3606		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3607	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3608		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3609	Portability:
3610		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3611			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3612			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3613		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3614		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3615			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3616			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3617			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3618		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3619			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3620		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3621			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3622			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3623			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3624			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3625	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3626		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3627	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3628		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3629		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3630		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3631		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3632		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3633		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3634		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3635		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3636	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3637		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3638		cf/README for more information.
3639	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3640	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3641		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3642	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3643		instead of temporary.
3644	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3645		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3646		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3647		Consulting.
3648	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3649		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3650		RootsWeb.com.
3651	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3652		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3653		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3654		University of Maryland.
3655	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3656		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3657	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3658		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3659		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3660		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3661		of the University of Alberta.
3662	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3663		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3664	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3665	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3666		of X.509 certificates.
3667	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3668		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3669		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3670		Universitat Regensburg.
3671	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3672		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3673	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3674		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3675	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3676		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3677	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3678		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3679		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3680	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3681		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3682	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3683		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3684		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3685		University.
3686	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3687	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3688		links.
3689	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3690		reported.
3691	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3692		Denman Tire Corporation.
3693	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3694		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3695	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3696	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3697		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3698	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3699		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3700	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3701		have a From line.
3702	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3703		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3704	Added Files:
3705		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3706		contrib/cidrexpand
3707		contrib/link_hash.sh
3708		contrib/movemail.conf
3709		contrib/movemail.pl
3710		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3711		test/t_snprintf.c
3712
37138.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3714	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3715		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3716		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3717		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3718		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3719	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3720		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3721	Added Files:
3722		test/t_setuid.c
3723
37248.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3725	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3726		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3727		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3728		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3729		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3730		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3731	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3732		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3733	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3734	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3735		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3736		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3737	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3738		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3739		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3740	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3741		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3742	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3743	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3744		or higher.
3745	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3746		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3747	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3748	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3749		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3750		Polytechnic Institute.
3751	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3752		discards the message.
3753	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3754		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3755		attempted to the alias.
3756	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3757		flag options.
3758	Portability:
3759		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3760			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3761			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3762			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3763			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3764		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3765			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3766		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3767			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3768		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3769		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3770			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3771		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3772			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3773			Services, LLC.
3774		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3775			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3776			Courtesan Consulting.
3777		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3778			Siemens Business Services.
3779	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3780		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3781		of WSRCC.
3782	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3783	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3784		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3785	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3786		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3787	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3788	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3789		of NEC.
3790	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3791		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3792	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3793		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3794		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3795		Virginia Tech.
3796	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3797		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3798		University.
3799	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3800		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3801		release.
3802	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3803		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3804		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3805		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3806	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3807		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3808		Sendmail.
3809	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3810		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3811		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3812	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3813		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3814	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3815		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3816		Northern Illinois University.
3817	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3818		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3819		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3820		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3821	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3822		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3823	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3824		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3825		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3826	Added Files:
3827		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3828		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3829	Deleted Files:
3830		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3831	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3832		doc/intro
3833		doc/usenix
3834		doc/changes
3835
38368.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3837	    *************************************************************
3838	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3839	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3840	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3841	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3842	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3843	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3844	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3845	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3846	    *								*
3847	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3848	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3849	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3850	    *************************************************************
3851	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3852		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3853		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3854		symbolic link target.
3855	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3856		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3857		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3858	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3859		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3860		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3861		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3862		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3863		version of sendmail.
3864	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3865		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3866		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3867		(IdS).
3868	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3869		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3870	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3871		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3872	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3873		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3874		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3875		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3876		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3877		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3878	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3879		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3880		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3881		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3882	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3883		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3884		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3885	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3886		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3887		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3888	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3889		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3890		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3891		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3892		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3893		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3894	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3895		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3896		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3897	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3898		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3899		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3900		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3901		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3902		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3903	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3904		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3905		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3906		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3907	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3908		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3909		accordingly.
3910	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3911		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3912		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3913		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3914		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3915		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3916		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3917	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3918		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3919		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3920		InCert Software.
3921	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3922		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3923		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3924	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3925		a control socket request.
3926	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3927		settings:
3928		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3929			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3930			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3931			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3932		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3933			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3934			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3935		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3936			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3937			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3938			delivery attempt.
3939		Timeout.resolver.retry
3940			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3941			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3942			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3943		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3944			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3945			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3946		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3947			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3948			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3949			delivery attempt.
3950		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3951	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3952		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3953		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3954		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3955		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3956		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3957		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3958		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3959		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3960		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3961	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3962		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3963		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3964		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3965		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3966		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3967		Telecommunications Ltd.
3968	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3969		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3970		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3971		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3972		Inc.
3973	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3974		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3975		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3976	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3977		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3978	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3979		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3980		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3981	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3982		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3983	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3984	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3985		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3986		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3987	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3988		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3989		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3990	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3991		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3992		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3993		Ltd.
3994	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3995		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3996		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3997		example mailer might be:
3998			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3999				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4000				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4001		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4002	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
4003		instead.
4004	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4005		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4006		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4007		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4008	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4009		flags.
4010	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4011		body of the original message on delivery status
4012		notifications.
4013	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
4014		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4015	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4016		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
4017		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4018	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
4019		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
4020		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4021	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
4022		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4023		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
4024		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4025	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
4026		Conwell of Boston University.
4027	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
4028		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4029	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4030		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4031		@Home Network.
4032	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4033		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
4034		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4035	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4036		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4037		similar to check_rcpt etc.
4038	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4039		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4040		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4041		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4042		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4043	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4044		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
4045		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4046	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4047		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
4048		Mathias Herberts.
4049	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4050		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4051		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4052		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4053		in check_compat).
4054	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4055		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4056		option.
4057	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4058	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4059		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4060	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4061		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4062	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4063	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4064		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4065	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4066		is set.
4067	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4068		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4069	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4070		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
4071		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4072	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4073	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4074	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4075		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
4076		a denial-of-service attack.
4077	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4078		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
4079		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4080		overflow attacks.
4081	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4082		alias recursion.
4083	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4084	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4085	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4086		directly before the newline.
4087	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4088		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4089		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
4090		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4091		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4092		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
4093		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4094		could not be opened.
4095	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
4096		value of this option is macro expanded.
4097	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4098		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4099	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4100		(along with the already existing macros):
4101		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
4102		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4103		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4104		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4105		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4106		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
4107		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4108	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4109		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4110		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
4111		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4112		loopback net.
4113	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4114		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4115		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4116	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4117		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4118		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
4119		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4120		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4121	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
4122		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4123		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
4124		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4125		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4126	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4127		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4128		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
4129		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4130	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4131		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4132		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
4133		Ericsson.
4134	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4135		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
4136		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
4137		of Ericsson.
4138	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4139		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
4140		of Renaissance Internet Services.
4141	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4142		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4143		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4144	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4145		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4146		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
4147		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4148	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4149		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
4150	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4151		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4152	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4153		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4154		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4155	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4156	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4157		equate name.
4158	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4159		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4160	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4161		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4162	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4163		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
4164		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
4165		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4166		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4167		David Cooley of Colby College.
4168	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4169		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
4170		already decided the message will be passed to another host
4171		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4172		Buckeridge Young Limited.
4173	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4174		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4175		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
4176		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
4177		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4178		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
4179		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4180		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
4181		of Stanford University.
4182	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
4183		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4184	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4185		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4186		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
4187		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
4188		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4189		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4190		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4191	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4192		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4193		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4194		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4195	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4196	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4197		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4198	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4199		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4200		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4201		comma separated key and value strings.
4202	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4203		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4204		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4205		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4206		a single connection to that host.
4207	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4208	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4209		LDAP lookups.
4210	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4211		resources.
4212	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4213	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4214	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4215		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4216		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4217		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4218		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4219		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4220		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4221		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4222		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4223		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4224		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4225		with the name "*".
4226	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4227		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4228		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4229		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4230		matches to return.
4231	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4232		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4233		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4234		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4235		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4236		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4237		are defined.
4238	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4239		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4240		Tech.
4241	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4242		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4243		important if you have large classes.
4244	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4245		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4246		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4247	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4248		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4249		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4250		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4251		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4252		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4253	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4254		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4255		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4256		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4257		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4258		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4259		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4260		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4261	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4262		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4263		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4264		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4265		has no effect.
4266	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4267		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4268	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4269		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4270	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4271		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4272	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4273		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4274	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4275		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4276		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4277		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4278		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4279	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4280		10 or higher.
4281	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4282		information (from= syslog line).
4283	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4284		equate (dsn=).
4285	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4286	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4287		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4288		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4289	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4290		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4291		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4292	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4293		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4294	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4295		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4296		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4297		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4298		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4299		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4300	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4301		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4302		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4303	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4304		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4305		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4306	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4307		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4308		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4309	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4310		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4311	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4312		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4313		multiple files.
4314	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4315		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4316		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4317		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4318		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4319		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4320		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4321		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4322		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4323	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4324		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4325	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4326		length before the attempt.
4327	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4328		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4329		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4330		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4331		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4332	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4333		host status files, not all files.
4334	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4335		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4336		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4337		Wonderworks Inc.
4338	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4339		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4340		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4341		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4342		of Hannover.
4343	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4344		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4345		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4346		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4347		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4348		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4349	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4350		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4351		flag:
4352			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4353		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4354		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4355		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4356	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4357		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4358		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4359		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4360		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4361		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4362		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4363	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4364		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4365		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4366		version.
4367	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4368	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4369	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4370		if referencing a named ruleset.
4371	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4372		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4373	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4374		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4375		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4376		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4377		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4378		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4379		the University of Maryland.
4380	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4381		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4382	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4383		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4384	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4385		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4386		COMMANDS).
4387	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4388		but for outgoing connections.
4389	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4390		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4391			a	require authentication
4392			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4393				been received
4394			c	perform hostname canonification
4395			f	require fully qualified hostname
4396			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4397				command
4398			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4399			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4400	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4401			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4402	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4403	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4404		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4405		Institutes of Health.
4406	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4407		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4408	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4409	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4410		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4411	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4412	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4413		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4414	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4415		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4416	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4417		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4418		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4419	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4420		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4421		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4422	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4423	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4424		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4425		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4426	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4427		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4428		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4429		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4430		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4431	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4432		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4433		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4434		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4435		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4436		timeout.
4437	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4438		interface address structure when loading the system network
4439		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4440		Nanoteq.
4441	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4442		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4443		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4444		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4445		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4446	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4447		on load average.
4448	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4449		Northern Illinois University.
4450	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4451		envelope splitting has occurred.
4452	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4453		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4454	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4455	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4456		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4457		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4458		Institute.
4459	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4460		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4461		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4462	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4463		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4464		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4465		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4466	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4467		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4468	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4469		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4470	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4471		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4472	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4473		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4474	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4475		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4476		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4477		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4478	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4479		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4480	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4481		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4482	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4483		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4484		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4485		University.
4486	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4487		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4488		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4489	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4490		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4491		ruleset lines as well.
4492	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4493		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4494		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4495		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4496		Institute.
4497	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4498		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4499		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4500	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4501		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4502		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4503		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4504	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4505		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4506		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4507		of Ericsson.
4508	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4509		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4510		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4511		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4512	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4513		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4514		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4515		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4516		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4517	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4518		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4519		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4520		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4521	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4522		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4523		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4524		University.
4525	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4526		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4527		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4528		'sendmail -bs'.
4529	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4530		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4531		them in the .cf file.
4532	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4533		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4534		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4535		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4536	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4537		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4538	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4539		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4540		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4541	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4542		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4543		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4544		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4545		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4546	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4547		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4548	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4549		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4550		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4551	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4552		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4553	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4554		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4555		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4556	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4557		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4558		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4559	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4560		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4561		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4562		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4563	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4564		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4565		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4566		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4567		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4568		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4569	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4570		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4571		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4572		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4573		don't fail on ANY queries.
4574	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4575		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4576		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4577		Northern Illinois University.
4578	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4579		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4580		State University.
4581	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4582		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4583		Northern Illinois University.
4584	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4585		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4586	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4587	Portability:
4588		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4589			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4590			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4591			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4592			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4593		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4594			This allows network interface probing to work
4595			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4596			University of Iowa.
4597		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4598		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4599			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4600			name.
4601		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4602		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4603			Virginia Tech.
4604		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4605		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4606			Amsterdam.
4607		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4608		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4609			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4610		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4611			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4612			in building the operating system.  Users can
4613			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4614			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4615		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4616		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4617		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4618			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4619		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4620			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4621		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4622			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4623		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4624			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4625		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4626			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4627		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4628			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4629			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4630		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4631		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4632			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4633			use that value in conf.h.
4634		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4635			BITart Consulting.
4636		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4637			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4638			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4639			Computer, Inc.
4640		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4641			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4642			of E I A.
4643		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4644			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4645		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4646			fchown(2).
4647		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4648			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4649		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4650			srandomdev(3).
4651		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4652			setlogin(2).
4653		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4654			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4655			Siemens Business Services.
4656		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4657			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4658			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4659		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4660			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4661		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4662			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4663			Aerospace.
4664		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4665			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4666			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4667		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4668			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4669			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4670			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4671			University.
4672		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4673			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4674			Technology Information Network.
4675		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4676			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4677		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4678		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4679			and OpenBSD.
4680		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4681			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4682			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4683			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4684	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4685		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4686		details.
4687	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4688		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4689	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4690	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4691		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4692		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4693	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4694		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4695		Courtesan Consulting.
4696	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4697	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4698		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4699		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4700	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4701		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4702		multiple times.
4703	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4704		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4705		with From:).
4706	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4707		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4708	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4709		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4710		new functionality.
4711	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4712		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4713		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4714		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4715		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4716		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4717		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4718		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4719		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4720		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4721		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4722		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4723		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4724		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4725		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4726		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4727		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4728		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4729		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4730		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4731		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4732		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4733		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4734		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4735	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4736		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4737		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4738	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4739		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4740		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4741		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4742		to "IPC $h".
4743	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4744		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4745		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4746	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4747		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4748		value should be changed with care.
4749	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4750		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4751	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4752		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4753		complain.
4754	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4755		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4756		of Q7 Enterprises.
4757	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4758		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4759		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4760		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4761	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4762		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4763		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4764		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4765		of Northern Illinois University.
4766	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4767		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4768		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4769	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4770		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4771		in it.
4772	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4773		in class 'P' ($=P).
4774	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4775		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4776		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4777		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4778		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4779		is added.
4780	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4781		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4782	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4783		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4784	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4785		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4786	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4787		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4788	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4789		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4790	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4791		Hubert of University of Washington.
4792	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4793		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4794		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4795	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4796	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4797		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4798		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4799	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4800		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4801		Services.
4802	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4803		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4804		Aerospace.
4805	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4806		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4807		University and Brian Candler.
4808	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4809		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4810	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4811		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4812		Institute.
4813	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4814		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4815	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4816		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4817		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4818	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4819		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4820	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4821		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4822		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4823	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4824		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4825		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4826	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4827		converted to <user@d>
4828	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4829		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4830	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4831		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4832		performed.
4833	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4834		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4835		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4836		Institute.
4837	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4838		be accessed by their numbers).
4839	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4840		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4841		of an address.
4842	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4843		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4844		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4845		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4846	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4847		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4848		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4849	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4850		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4851	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4852	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4853		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4854		Institute.
4855	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4856	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4857		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4858		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4859		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4860	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4861		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4862		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4863	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4864		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4865	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4866		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4867	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4868		University of California at Berkeley.
4869	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4870		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4871	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4872		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4873	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4874		Corporation UK.
4875	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4876	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4877		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4878		Yale University.
4879	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4880		be used for building.
4881	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4882		used for a fresh build.
4883	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4884	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4885		ranlib.
4886	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4887		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4888	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4889		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4890		Costales.
4891	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4892		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4893		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4894		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4895	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4896		of Siemens Business Services.
4897	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4898		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4899		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4900		torek.
4901	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4902		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4903		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4904		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4905		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4906	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4907		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4908		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4909		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4910		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4911	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4912		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4913		are in devtools/README.
4914	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4915		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4916	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4917		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4918		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4919		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4920	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4921		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4922		macro.
4923	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4924	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4925		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4926		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4927		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4928		Corporation.
4929	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4930		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4931		confMANROOTMAN.
4932	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4933		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4934		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4935	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4936		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4937		Communications.
4938	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4939		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4940	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4941		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4942		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4943	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4944		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4945		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4946	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4947		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4948		install-strip target.
4949	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4950		the others (if it exists).
4951	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4952		then the default ones.
4953	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4954		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4955		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4956		to set the S flag.
4957	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4958		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4959		Northern Illinois University.
4960	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4961		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4962		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4963	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4964		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4965		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4966		University.
4967	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4968		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4969		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4970		University.
4971	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4972		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4973		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4974		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4975		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4976		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4977		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4978		University.
4979	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4980		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4981		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4982	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4983		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4984		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4985		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4986		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4987		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4988		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4989		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4990		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4991		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4992		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4993	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4994		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4995		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4996	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4997		timeout to avoid starvation.
4998	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4999		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5000		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5001	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5002	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5003		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5004		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5005		of Maryland.
5006	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5007		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5008		sendmail configuration file.
5009	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5010		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5011		option.
5012	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
5013		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5014	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
5015		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5016	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
5017		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5018	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5019		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5020	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5021		Corporation UK.
5022	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5023		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5024		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
5025		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5026	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5027		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5028		Institute for Global Communications.
5029	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5030		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
5031		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5032	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5033		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
5034		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5035	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
5036		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5037		of the Institute for Global Communications.
5038	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
5039		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5040	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5041	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
5042		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5043	Changed Files:
5044		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5045			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
5046			which execute the actual Build script in
5047			devtools/bin.
5048		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5049			-mandoc as they were previously.
5050		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5051			of Build will work (unless parameters are
5052			required for Build).
5053	New Directories:
5054		devtools/M4/UNIX
5055		include
5056		libmilter
5057		libsmdb
5058		libsmutil
5059		vacation
5060	Renamed Directories:
5061		BuildTools => devtools
5062		src => sendmail
5063	Deleted Files:
5064		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
5065		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5066		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5067		devtools/OS/SINIX
5068		sendmail/ldap_map.h
5069	New Files:
5070		INSTALL
5071		PGPKEYS
5072		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5073		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5074		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5075		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
5076		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5077		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5078		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5079		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5080		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
5081		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
5082		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
5083		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5084		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5085		contrib/domainmap.m4
5086		contrib/qtool.8
5087		contrib/qtool.pl
5088		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5089		devtools/M4/list.m4
5090		devtools/M4/string.m4
5091		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5092		devtools/M4/switch.m4
5093		devtools/OS/Darwin
5094		devtools/OS/GNU
5095		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5096		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5097		devtools/OS/m88k
5098		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5099		mail.local/Makefile
5100		mailstats/Makefile
5101		makemap/Makefile
5102		praliases/Makefile
5103		rmail/Makefile
5104		sendmail/Makefile
5105		sendmail/bf.h
5106		sendmail/bf_portable.c
5107		sendmail/bf_portable.h
5108		sendmail/bf_torek.c
5109		sendmail/bf_torek.h
5110		sendmail/shmticklib.c
5111		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5112		sendmail/timers.c
5113		sendmail/timers.h
5114		smrsh/Makefile
5115		vacation/Makefile
5116	Renamed Files:
5117		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5118		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5119		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5120		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5121		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5122		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5123		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5124		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5125		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5126	Copied Files:
5127		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5128
51298.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
5130	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5131		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5132		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5133		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5134		Schools" project (IdS).
5135	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5136		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
5137		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
5138		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5139	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5140		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
5141		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
5142		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5143	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5144		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5145		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5146		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5147	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5148		ExecPC Internet Systems.
5149	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5150		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5151		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5152		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
5153		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5154		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5155	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5156		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
5157		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5158		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5159	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5160		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5161		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5162		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5163	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5164		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5165	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5166		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
5167		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5168		group of the IETF.
5169	Portability:
5170		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5171			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
5172			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5173			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
5174			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
5175			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5176			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5177			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5178			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5179			Technical University of Denmark.
5180		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5181			Supercomputer Center.
5182		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5183			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5184			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5185			of Stanford University.
5186		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5187			between different releases.  Back out the
5188			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5189			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5190			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5191			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5192		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5193			of Siemens/SNI.
5194		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5195	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5196		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5197		University of Brno.
5198	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5199		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5200		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5201	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5202		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5203		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5204	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5205		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5206	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5207		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5208		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5209	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5210		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5211		MIDS Europe.
5212	New Files:
5213		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5214		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5215		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5216
52178.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5218	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5219		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5220		for a denial of service attack.
5221	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5222		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5223	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5224		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5225		Corporation UK.
5226	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5227		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5228	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5229		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5230	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5231		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5232		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5233		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5234		Internet Services.
5235	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5236		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5237		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5238		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5239	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5240		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5241		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5242	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5243		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5244	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5245		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5246		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5247	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5248		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5249		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5250	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5251		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5252		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5253		Internet Services.
5254	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5255		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5256		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5257	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5258		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5259		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5260		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5261		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5262		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5263		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5264		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5265		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5266		extended testing.
5267	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5268		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5269	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5270		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5271		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5272		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5273	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5274		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5275		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5276		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5277		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5278	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5279		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5280		Network.
5281	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5282		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5283	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5284		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5285		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5286		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5287		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5288	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5289		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5290		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5291	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5292		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5293	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5294		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5295		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5296		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5297		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5298	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5299		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5300		Meteorological Institute.
5301	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5302	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5303		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5304	Portability:
5305		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5306		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5307			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5308			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5309		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5310			reading network interface addresses into
5311			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5312			Cal State University, Chico.
5313		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5314			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5315			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5316			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5317		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5318			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5319		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5320		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5321			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5322		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5323		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5324			of Sun Microsystems.
5325		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5326			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5327		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5328			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5329		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5330			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5331		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5332			of E I A.
5333		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5334			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5335			Information Center.
5336		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5337			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5338			Institute.
5339		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5340			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5341	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5342		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5343		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5344	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5345		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5346		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5347		Manawatu Internet Services.
5348	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5349		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5350		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5351		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5352		of Northern Illinois University.
5353	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5354		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5355		Kiel.
5356	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5357		Dot Com.
5358	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5359		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5360		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5361	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5362		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5363		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5364		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5365		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5366		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5367	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5368		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5369	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5370		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5371	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5372		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5373	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5374		the envelope From header.
5375	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5376		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5377	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5378		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5379	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5380		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5381		Portal Services, Inc.
5382	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5383		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5384		Sun Microsystems.
5385	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5386	New Files:
5387		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5388		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5389		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5390		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5391		src/control.c
5392
53938.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5394	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5395		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5396		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5397		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5398	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5399		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5400		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5401		Meteorological Institute.
5402	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5403		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5404		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5405	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5406		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5407		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5408		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5409	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5410		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5411	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5412		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5413	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5414		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5415		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5416	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5417		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5418		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5419		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5420	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5421		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5422		Flextech TV.
5423	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5424		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5425		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5426	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5427		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5428		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5429		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5430	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5431		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5432	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5433		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5434	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5435		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5436		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5437	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5438		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5439		University.
5440	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5441		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5442		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5443		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5444		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5445		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5446	Portability:
5447		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5448			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5449			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5450			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5451		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5452			of BSDI.
5453		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5454			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5455			PICT Inc.
5456		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5457			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5458		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5459			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5460	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5461		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5462		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5463		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5464	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5465		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5466		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5467	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5468		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5469		would not accept @@hostname.
5470	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5471		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5472	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5473		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5474		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5475	New Files:
5476		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5477
54788.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5479	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5480		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5481		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5482		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5483		which need the ability to override security can use the
5484		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5485		information.
5486	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5487		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5488		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5489		world writable directories.
5490	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5491		it is in a world writable directory.
5492	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5493		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5494		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5495		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5496		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5497	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5498		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5499		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5500	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5501		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5502		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5503		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5504		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5505		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5506		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5507		default.
5508	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5509		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5510		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5511		the University of Maryland.
5512	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5513		of Cal State University, Chico.
5514	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5515		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5516		current version of Berkeley DB.
5517	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5518		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5519	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5520		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5521		of Maryland.
5522	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5523		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5524		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5525		Microsystems.
5526	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5527		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5528		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5529		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5530	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5531		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5532	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5533		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5534		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5535		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5536	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5537		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5538		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5539		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5540		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5541	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5542		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5543		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5544		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5545	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5546		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5547		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5548	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5549		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5550		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5551	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5552		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5553		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5554		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5555		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5556		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5557		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5558		relaying entirely.
5559	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5560		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5561		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5562		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5563	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5564		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5565		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5566		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5567	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5568		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5569		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5570		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5571		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5572	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5573		sender for those failures.
5574	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5575		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5576		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5577		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5578		of Ericsson.
5579	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5580		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5581		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5582		of Procter & Gamble.
5583	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5584		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5585		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5586		of Procter & Gamble.
5587	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5588		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5589		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5590		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5591		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5592			Safe
5593			AssumeSafeChown
5594			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5595			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5596			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5597			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5598			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5599			GroupWritableAliasFile
5600			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5601			WorldWritableAliasFile
5602			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5603			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5604			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5605			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5606			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5607			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5608			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5609			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5610			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5611			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5612			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5613			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5614			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5615			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5616			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5617			WriteMapToHardLink
5618			WriteMapToSymLink
5619			WriteStatsToHardLink
5620			WriteStatsToSymLink
5621			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5622			RunWritableProgram
5623	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5624		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5625		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5626		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5627		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5628	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5629		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5630	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5631		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5632	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5633	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5634		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5635		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5636		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5637		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5638	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5639		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5640		contrast to the success case).
5641	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5642		of the form:
5643			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5644		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5645		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5646		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5647	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5648		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5649		headers.
5650	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5651		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5652		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5653		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5654	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5655		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5656		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5657		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5658		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5659		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5660	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5661		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5662		remote identity can be queried.
5663	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5664		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5665		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5666		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5667	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5668		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5669		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5670		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5671	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5672		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5673		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5674		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5675	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5676		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5677		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5678		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5679		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5680		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5681	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5682		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5683		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5684		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5685		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5686		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5687		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5688	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5689		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5690		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5691	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5692	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5693		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5694	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5695		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5696	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5697		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5698		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5699		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5700	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5701		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5702		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5703		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5704	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5705		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5706		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5707	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5708		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5709		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5710		Institute.
5711	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5712		mail.local.
5713	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5714		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5715		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5716	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5717		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5718		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5719	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5720		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5721		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5722	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5723		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5724	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5725		mailstats command.
5726	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5727		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5728		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5729	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5730		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5731		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5732		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5733	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5734		Ericsson.
5735	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5736		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5737		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5738		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5739	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5740		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5741		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5742		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5743		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5744	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5745		currently supported version.
5746	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5747		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5748	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5749		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5750		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5751		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5752	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5753		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5754		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5755		message in error bounces.
5756	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5757		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5758		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5759	Portability:
5760		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5761			of Kyoto University.
5762		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5763			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5764			Maryland.
5765		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5766		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5767			in Finland.
5768		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5769			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5770			the University of Maryland.
5771		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5772			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5773		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5774			Meteorological Institute.
5775		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5776			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5777		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5778		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5779		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5780		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5781			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5782			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5783			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5784			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5785		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5786			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5787		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5788			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5789			Microsystems.
5790	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5791	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5792		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5793		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5794	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5795		directory for certain programs.
5796	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5797		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5798		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5799		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5800		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5801	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5802		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5803		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5804		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5805	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5806		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5807		the user to setup different .forward files for
5808		user+detail addressing.
5809	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5810		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5811		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5812	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5813		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5814		outside your domain).
5815	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5816		any site to any site.
5817	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5818		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5819	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5820		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5821	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5822		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5823		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5824		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5825		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5826	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5827		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5828	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5829		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5830	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5831		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5832		host names only.
5833	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5834		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5835		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5836		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5837		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5838		needed for most installations.
5839	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5840		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5841		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5842		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5843		the University of Maryland.
5844	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5845		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5846		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5847	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5848		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5849		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5850	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5851		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5852	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5853		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5854	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5855		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5856		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5857		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5858		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5859	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5860		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5861		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5862		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5863		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5864		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5865		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5866	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5867		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5868	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5869		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5870		above for more information.
5871	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5872		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5873		Meteorological Institute.
5874	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5875		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5876		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5877		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5878		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5879	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5880		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5881	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5882		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5883		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5884		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5885	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5886		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5887		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5888		CMU (now of Netscape).
5889	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5890		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5891		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5892		read mail.local/README.
5893	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5894		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5895		University of Maryland.
5896	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5897		University, Chico.
5898	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5899		Meteorological Institute.
5900	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5901		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5902		University of Maryland.
5903	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5904		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5905	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5906	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5907	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5908		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5909		Braunschweig.
5910	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5911		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5912		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5913	Changed Files:
5914		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5915			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5916		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5917	New Files:
5918		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5919		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5920		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5921		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5922		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5923		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5924		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5925		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5926		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5927		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5928		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5929		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5930		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5931		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5932		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5933		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5934		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5935		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5936		BuildTools/README
5937		BuildTools/Site/README
5938		BuildTools/bin/Build
5939		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5940		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5941		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5942		Makefile
5943		cf/cf/Build
5944		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5945		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5946		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5947		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5948		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5949		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5950		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5951		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5952		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5953		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5954		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5955		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5956		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5957		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5958		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5959		mail.local/Build
5960		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5961		mail.local/README
5962		mailstats/Build
5963		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5964		makemap/Build
5965		makemap/Makefile.m4
5966		praliases/Build
5967		praliases/Makefile.m4
5968		rmail/Build
5969		rmail/Makefile.m4
5970		rmail/rmail.0
5971		smrsh/Build
5972		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5973		src/Build
5974		src/Makefile.m4
5975		src/snprintf.c
5976	Deleted Files:
5977		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5978		mail.local/Makefile
5979		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5980		mailstats/Makefile
5981		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5982		makemap/Makefile
5983		makemap/Makefile.dist
5984		praliases/Makefile
5985		praliases/Makefile.dist
5986		rmail/Makefile
5987		smrsh/Makefile
5988		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5989		src/Makefile
5990		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5991		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5992			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5993		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5994	Renamed Files:
5995		READ_ME => README
5996		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5997		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5998		src/READ_ME => src/README
5999
60008.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
6001	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6002		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6003		Meteorological Institute.
6004	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6005		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
6006		Arseneault of SRI International.
6007	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6008		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6009		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6010	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6011		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6012	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6013		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
6014		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
6015		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6016	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6017		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6018		River Systems.
6019	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6020		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6021		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6022		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6023		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6024	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6025		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6026		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6027		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
6028		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6029	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6030		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6031		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6032		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6033	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6034	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
6035		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6036	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6037		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
6038		results during a single message processing (but would
6039		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
6040		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6041	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6042		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6043		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6044	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6045		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6046		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6047		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6048	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6049		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
6050		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6051		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6052	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6053		and the inability to save a bounce message to
6054		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6055		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6056		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6057		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6058		Associates.
6059	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
6060		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6061		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6062		could cause confusing error messages.
6063	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6064		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
6065		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6066		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6067		SuperNet, Inc.
6068	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
6069		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6070	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6071		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6072		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6073	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6074		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6075		dropped.
6076	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6077		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
6078		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6079	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6080		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6081		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6082	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6083		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6084		Institute.
6085	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6086		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6087		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6088		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6089	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6090		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6091		RUS University of Stuttgart.
6092	Minor lint fixes.
6093	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6094		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
6095		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
6096		of Stanford University.
6097	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6098		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
6099		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6100	Portability:
6101		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6102			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6103			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6104			Electronic Data Systems.
6105		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
6106			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6107		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6108		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6109			loader environment variables into the loader memory
6110			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
6111			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6112			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6113			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
6114			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6115		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6116			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6117			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
6118			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6119		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
6120			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6121		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
6122			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6123		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6124			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6125			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6126			Services.
6127		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6128			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6129		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6130			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
6131			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6132		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6133			Services VAS.
6134	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6135	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6136	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6137			Ericsson.
6138
61398.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
6140	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6141		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6142		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6143		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6144		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6145		GmbH.
6146	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6147		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
6148		of Technology, Stockholm.
6149	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6150		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6151		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6152		that these routines are included as though they were in the
6153		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6154	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6155		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6156		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6157		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6158	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6159		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
6160		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6161		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6162	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
6163		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6164		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
6165		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6166	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6167	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6168		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
6169		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6170	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6171		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6172		have to assume that the information is good.
6173	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6174		open or locked.
6175	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6176	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6177		errors during testing.
6178	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6179		printed in the error message.
6180	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6181		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6182	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6183		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6184		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6185	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6186		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6187		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6188	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6189		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
6190		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6191		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6192		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6193		Results Computing.
6194	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6195		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6196		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6197		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6198		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6199	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6200		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6201		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6202		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6203		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6204		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6205		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6206		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6207		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6208		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6209		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6210		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6211		simultaneously.
6212	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6213		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6214	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6215		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6216		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6217	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6218		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6219		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6220		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6221	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6222		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6223		CSU Chico.
6224	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6225		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6226		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6227		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6228	Portability:
6229		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6230			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6231			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6232			be used instead.
6233		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6234			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6235		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6236		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6237		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6238			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6239		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6240			in Makefiles.
6241		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6242			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6243		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6244			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6245			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6246			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6247			NCR Corp.
6248		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6249			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6250		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6251			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6252			Resource Network
6253		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6254			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6255			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6256			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6257			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6258			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6259		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6260			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6261			Corp.
6262		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6263			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6264			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6265		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6266			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6267		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6268			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6269			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6270			PlainTalk.
6271	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6272		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6273		by Harry Styron.
6274	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6275		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6276	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6277	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6278		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6279		changed after open".
6280	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6281		files.
6282	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6283	NEW FILES:
6284		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6285		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6286		test/t_exclopen.c
6287		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6288	DELETED FILES:
6289		Makefile
6290
62918.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6292	    *************************************************************
6293	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6294	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6295	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6296	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6297	    *************************************************************
6298	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6299		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6300		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6301		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6302		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6303		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6304		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6305		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6306		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6307		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6308		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6309		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6310		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6311		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6312		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6313		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6314	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6315		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6316		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6317		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6318		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6319		another database; this can be used either to expose
6320		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6321		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6322		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6323		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6324		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6325		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6326		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6327		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6328		system directories.
6329	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6330		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6331		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6332		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6333		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6334		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6335		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6336	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6337		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6338		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6339		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6340		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6341		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6342		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6343		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6344		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6345		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6346		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6347		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6348		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6349		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6350		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6351		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6352	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6353		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6354		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6355		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6356		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6357		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6358	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6359		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6360		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6361	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6362		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6363		same host).
6364	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6365		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6366		from Theo de Raadt.
6367	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6368		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6369		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6370	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6371		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6372		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6373	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6374		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6375		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6376	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6377		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6378		Microsystems.
6379	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6380		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6381		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6382	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6383		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6384	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6385		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6386		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6387	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6388		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6389		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6390	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6391		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6392		Shapiro.
6393	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6394		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6395		Sun Microsystems.
6396	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6397		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6398		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6399		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6400		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6401		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6402	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6403		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6404		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6405		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6406		Mercury Mail.
6407	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6408		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6409		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6410		Morgan Stanley.
6411	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6412		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6413		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6414		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6415	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6416		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6417		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6418		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6419		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6420		not be run.
6421	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6422		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6423		printing.
6424	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6425		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6426		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6427	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6428		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6429	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6430	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6431		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6432		erroneous results during a single message processing
6433		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6434	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6435		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6436		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6437		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6438		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6439		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6440		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6441	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6442		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6443		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6444		address as "may be forged".
6445	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6446		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6447		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6448	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6449		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6450		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6451		of TwinCom.
6452	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6453		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6454		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6455		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6456	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6457		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6458		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6459	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6460		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6461		Institute.
6462	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6463		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6464		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6465		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6466		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6467		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6468		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6469		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6470	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6471		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6472		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6473		book (2nd edition).
6474	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6475		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6476		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6477		John Beck of SunSoft.
6478	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6479		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6480		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6481	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6482		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6483	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6484		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6485	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6486		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6487	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6488		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6489		returns.
6490	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6491		on some architectures.
6492	Portability:
6493		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6494		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6495			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6496			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6497			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6498			of Washington.
6499		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6500			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6501			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6502		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6503		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6504		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6505		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6506			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6507			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6508			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6509		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6510		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6511			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6512			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6513			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6514			Cambridge.
6515		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6516			Kari Hurtta.
6517		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6518			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6519			IRIX Makefile).
6520		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6521			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6522	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6523		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6524		Brian Candler.
6525	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6526		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6527		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6528	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6529		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6530		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6531	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6532		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6533		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6534	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6535		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6536		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6537	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6538		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6539		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6540	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6541		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6542		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6543		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6544		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6545	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6546		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6547		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6548		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6549	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6550		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6551		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6552	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6553	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6554		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6555		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6556		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6557		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6558	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6559		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6560		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6561		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6562		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6563		developers).
6564	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6565		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6566		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6567	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6568		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6569		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6570		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6571	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6572		NEXTSTEP.
6573	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6574		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6575		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6576		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6577		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6578	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6579		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6580		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6581		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6582		for system accounts.
6583	NEW FILES:
6584		src/safefile.c
6585		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6586		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6587		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6588		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6589		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6590	RENAMED FILES:
6591		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6592		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6593
65948.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6595	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6596		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6597		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6598	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6599		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6600		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6601	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6602		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6603		University of Pennsylvania.
6604	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6605		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6606		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6607		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6608		was unnecessarily awful.
6609	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6610		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6611		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6612	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6613		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6614		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6615		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6616		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6617		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6618	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6619		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6620	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6621		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6622		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6623	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6624		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6625		Semiconductor Corp.
6626	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6627		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6628		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6629		at Austin.
6630	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6631		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6632		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6633		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6634		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6635	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6636		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6637		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6638		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6639		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6640	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6641		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6642		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6643		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6644		Costales.
6645	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6646		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6647		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6648		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6649		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6650	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6651		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6652		The current values and defaults are:
6653		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6654		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6655		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6656		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6657		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6658	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6659		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6660		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6661	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6662		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6663	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6664		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6665		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6666		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6667		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6668		Eric Hagberg.
6669	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6670		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6671		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6672		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6673	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6674		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6675		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6676		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6677	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6678		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6679		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6680		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6681		Communications.
6682	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6683		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6684		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6685		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6686	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6687		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6688	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6689		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6690	PORTABILITY:
6691		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6692			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6693		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6694			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6695		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6696		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6697			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6698			(Moscow).
6699		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6700		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6701		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6702		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6703		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6704			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6705	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6706		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6707		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6708		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6709		Received: line.
6710	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6711		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6712		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6713		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6714		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6715		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6716	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6717		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6718		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6719		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6720		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6721		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6722		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6723		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6724		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6725		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6726	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6727		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6728		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6729		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6730		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6731	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6732		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6733		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6734	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6735		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6736		Long Beach.
6737
67388.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6739	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6740		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6741		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6742		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6743		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6744		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6745		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6746	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6747		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6748		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6749		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6750		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6751		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6752		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6753		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6754		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6755	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6756		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6757		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6758	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6759		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6760		Problem noted by several people.
6761	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6762		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6763		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6764		by several people.
6765	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6766		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6767	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6768		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6769		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6770		of Best Internet Communications.
6771	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6772		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6773	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6774		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6775		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6776		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6777		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6778	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6779		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6780	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6781		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6782	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6783		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6784	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6785		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6786		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6787		by Roy Mongiovi.
6788	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6789		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6790	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6791		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6792		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6793		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6794		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6795	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6796		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6797		of Kyoto University.
6798	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6799		conditions from Don Lewis.
6800	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6801		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6802		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6803		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6804		patch from Bryan Costales.
6805	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6806		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6807			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6808			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6809			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6810			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6811		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6812			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6813		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6814			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6815		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6816			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6817			of Tokyo.
6818		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6819			Services, Inc.
6820		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6821			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6822			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6823			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6824		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6825			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6826	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6827		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6828	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6829		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6830	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6831		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6832		of NTT Software Corporation.
6833	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6834	NEW FILES:
6835		contrib/etrn.pl
6836
68378.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6838	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6839		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6840		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6841		best-of-security list.
6842	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6843		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6844		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6845		the wrong binary.
6846	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6847		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6848		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6849		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6850		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6851	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6852		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6853		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6854		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6855	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6856		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6857	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6858		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6859		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6860		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6861		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6862		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6863		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6864		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6865		Eric Wassenaar.
6866	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6867		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6868		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6869		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6870		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6871		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6872		UUNET.
6873	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6874		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6875		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6876		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6877		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6878	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6879		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6880		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6881		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6882	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6883		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6884	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6885		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6886		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6887		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6888	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6889		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6890		University of Linkoping.
6891	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6892		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6893		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6894	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6895		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6896		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6897		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6898		other end.
6899	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6900		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6901		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6902	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6903		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6904		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6905		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6906	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6907		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6908			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6909			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6910			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6911		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6912			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6913		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6914			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6915		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6916			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6917			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6918			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6919		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6920			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6921			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6922			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6923			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6924			Earickson of Colby College.
6925		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6926			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6927			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6928			Kari Hurtta.
6929	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6930		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6931		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6932	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6933		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6934		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6935		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6936	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6937		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6938		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6939		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6940		University of Washington, Seattle.
6941	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6942		Polytechnic Institute.
6943	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6944		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6945	NEW FILES:
6946		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6947		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6948		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6949
69508.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6951	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6952		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6953	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6954		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6955			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6956			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6957	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6958		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6959	CONFIG: no changes.
6960
69618.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6962	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6963		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6964		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6965	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6966		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6967		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6968		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6969		of WPI.
6970	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6971		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6972		Kyoto University.
6973	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6974		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6975		on illegal host names.
6976	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6977		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6978		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6979	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6980		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6981		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6982	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6983		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6984		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6985	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6986		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6987		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6988	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6989		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6990		University of Leicester.
6991	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6992		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6993		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6994		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6995		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6996		University of Washington.
6997	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6998		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6999			people pointed this out.
7000		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7001		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7002			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7003	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7004		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7005	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7006		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7007		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7008		Softec.
7009	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
7010		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7011	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
7012		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7013
70148.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
7015	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7016		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7017	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7018		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
7019		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7020	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
7021		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7022		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
7023		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7024	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7025		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7026		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7027		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7028		NSC (Japan).
7029	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7030		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7031		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7032	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7033		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7034		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
7035		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7036	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7037		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7038		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
7039		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7040		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7041		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7042		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
7043		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7044	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7045		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7046	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7047		printout.
7048	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7049	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7050		square braces.
7051	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7052		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7053		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7054	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7055		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
7056		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7057		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7058	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7059		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7060		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7061		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7062	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7063		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7064		Dandelion Digital.
7065	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7066		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7067	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7068		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7069		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
7070	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7071		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7072		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7073	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7074		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
7075	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7076		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7077		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7078		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
7079		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7080	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7081		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7082	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7083		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7084		mailers.
7085	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7086		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
7087		Myers of CMU.
7088	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7089		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7090		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
7091		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7092		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
7093		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
7094	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7095		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7096		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7097		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
7098		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7099		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7100		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7101		parameter.
7102	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7103		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7104		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7105		University of Maryland.
7106	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
7107		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7108	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7109		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7110		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7111	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
7112		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7113		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7114		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7115		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
7116		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7117		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
7118	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
7119		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7120		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
7121		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
7122		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7123	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7124		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7125		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
7126		section 5.2.5.
7127	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7128		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7129		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
7130		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7131		is for incoming connections only.
7132	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
7133		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7134		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
7135		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
7136		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7137		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7138		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7139		(e.g., due to connection caching).
7140	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7141		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7142		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7143		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
7144		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7145		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7146		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7147		that take a very long time to run.
7148	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
7149		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7150		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7151	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7152		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
7153		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7154	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7155		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7156		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7157	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7158		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
7159		Costales.
7160	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7161		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7162		Technologies, Inc.
7163	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7164		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7165		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7166	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7167		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7168		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7169		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7170		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7171		different for this case.
7172	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7173		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7174		of Stanford University.
7175	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7176		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7177		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
7178		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7179	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7180		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
7181		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7182	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7183		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
7184		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7185	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7186		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7187		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
7188		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7189	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7190		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7191		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7192		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7193		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7194		Pasteur Institute.
7195	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7196		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7197		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7198		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7199	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7200		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7201		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7202		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7203		canonification.
7204	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7205		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7206		mailers.
7207	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7208		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7209		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7210		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7211		either of these in their configuration file.
7212	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7213		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7214		St. Peter's College.
7215	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7216		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7217	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7218		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7219	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7220		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7221	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7222		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7223		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7224		Costales.
7225	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7226		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7227		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7228		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7229		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7230		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7231		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7232		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7233		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7234		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7235		in rulesets.
7236	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7237		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7238		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7239		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7240		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7241		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7242		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7243		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7244	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7245		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7246		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7247		on that basis.
7248	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7249		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7250	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7251		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7252		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7253		Vixie.
7254	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7255		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7256		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7257		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7258	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7259		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7260		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7261		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7262		two characters $, +.
7263	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7264		debug_dumpstate.
7265	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7266		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7267		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7268		valid recipients.
7269	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7270		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7271		noted by Tom May.
7272	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7273		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7274		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7275		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7276	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7277		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7278		Computing Corporation.
7279	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7280		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7281		Internet Communications.
7282	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7283		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7284		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7285		of Lysator.
7286	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7287		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7288		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7289		of the University of Iceland.
7290	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7291		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7292		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7293		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7294		this change is a no-op.
7295	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7296		Costales.
7297	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7298		Bryan Costales.
7299	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7300		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7301	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7302		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7303	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7304		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7305	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7306		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7307		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7308		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7309	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7310		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7311		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7312		Jones of UUNET.
7313	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7314		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7315		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7316	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7317		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7318		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7319		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7320		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7321		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7322	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7323		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7324		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7325		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7326		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7327		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7328		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7329		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7330		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7331		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7332		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7333		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7334	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7335		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7336		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7337		of Stanford University.
7338	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7339		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7340		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7341		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7342		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7343		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7344		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7345	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7346		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7347		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7348		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7349		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7350		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7351	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7352		Motonori Nakamura.
7353	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7354		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7355		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7356		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7357	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7358		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7359		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7360		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7361		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7362		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7363		value is ".hoststat".
7364		There are also two new operation modes:
7365		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7366		    connections.
7367		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7368		    recent status information.
7369		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7370		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7371		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7372		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7373		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7374	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7375		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7376		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7377		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7378		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7379		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7380		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7381		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7382		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7383		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7384		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7385	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7386		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7387		Costales.
7388	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7389		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7390	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7391		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7392		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7393		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7394	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7395		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7396		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7397		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7398		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7399		Webmasters.
7400	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7401		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7402		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7403		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7404		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7405	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7406		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7407		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7408		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7409		of Washington, Seattle.
7410	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7411		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7412		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7413		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7414		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7415		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7416	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7417		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7418		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7419		Nakamura.
7420	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7421		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7422		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7423		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7424		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7425		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7426		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7427		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7428		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7429		well constrained.
7430	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7431		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7432		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7433		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7434		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7435	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7436		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7437		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7438		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7439		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7440		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7441	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7442		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7443		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7444	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7445		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7446		Wolfhugel.
7447	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7448		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7449	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7450		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7451		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7452	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7453		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7454	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7455		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7456		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7457		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7458		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7459	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7460		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7461		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7462		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7463	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7464		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7465		National University of Singapore.
7466	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7467		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7468		system can't cope with.
7469	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7470		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7471			Atlas International.
7472		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7473			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7474		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7475			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7476			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7477			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7478			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7479			Bernstein and Associates.
7480		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7481			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7482			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7483		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7484			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7485		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7486			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7487			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7488		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7489			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7490		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7491			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7492		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7493		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7494		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7495			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7496			Institute.
7497		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7498			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7499		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7500		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7501			Employment Standards Administration.
7502		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7503		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7504			Jr.
7505		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7506			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7507		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7508			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7509		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7510		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7511		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7512		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7513			of the University of Arizona.
7514		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7515			Vanderbilt University.
7516		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7517			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7518			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7519			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7520	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7521		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7522	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7523		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7524		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7525		Foundation.
7526	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7527	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7528		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7529		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7530		Myers of CMU.
7531	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7532		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7533		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7534	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7535		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7536		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7537		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7538		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7539		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7540		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7541		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7542	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7543		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7544		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7545		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7546		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7547		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7548		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7549	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7550		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7551		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7552		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7553			info@foo.com	foo-info
7554			info@bar.com	bar-info
7555			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7556		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7557		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7558		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7559		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7560		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7561		a great many people.
7562	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7563		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7564	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7565		"fax" mailer.
7566	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7567		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7568		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7569		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7570		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7571		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7572	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7573		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7574		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7575		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7576		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7577	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7578		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7579		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7580		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7581		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7582		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7583	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7584		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7585		of WPI.
7586	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7587		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7588		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7589	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7590		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7591		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7592	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7593		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7594		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7595		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7596	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7597	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7598		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7599		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7600		by Andreas Luik.
7601	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7602		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7603		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7604	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7605		Wolfhugel.
7606	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7607	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7608		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7609		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7610		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7611		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7612		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7613		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7614	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7615		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7616		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7617		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7618		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7619	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7620		Costales.
7621	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7622	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7623		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7624	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7625	NEW FILES:
7626		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7627		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7628		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7629		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7630		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7631		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7632		mailstats/mailstats.8
7633		praliases/praliases.8
7634		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7635		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7636		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7637		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7638		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7639		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7640		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7641		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7642		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7643		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7644		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7645	DELETED FILES:
7646		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7647		contrib/xla/README
7648		contrib/xla/xla.c
7649	RENAMED FILES:
7650		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7651		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7652		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7653		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7654		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7655
76568.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7657	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7658		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7659		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7660		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7661		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7662	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7663		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7664		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7665
76668.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7667	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7668		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7669		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7670		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7671		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7672		and others.
7673
76748.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7675	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7676		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7677		any user (except root).
7678	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7679		version number is unchanged.
7680
76818.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7682	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7683		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7684		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7685	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7686		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7687		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7688		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7689	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7690		Costales.
7691	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7692		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7693		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7694			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7695			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7696			Stanford University.
7697	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7698		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7699
77008.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7701	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7702		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7703		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7704	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7705		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7706		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7707		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7708		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7709		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7710		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7711	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7712		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7713		by Kari Hurtta.
7714	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7715		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7716		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7717		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7718		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7719		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7720		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7721		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7722		bounces when it should have requeued.
7723	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7724		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7725		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7726		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7727	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7728		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7729		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7730		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7731		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7732		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7733		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7734		Infobiogen.
7735	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7736		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7737		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7738		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7739		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7740	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7741		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7742	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7743		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7744		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7745	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7746		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7747		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7748	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7749		underscores.
7750	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7751		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7752		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7753	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7754		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7755		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7756		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7757	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7758		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7759		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7760		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7761		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7762	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7763		Costales of ICSI.
7764	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7765		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7766		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7767	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7768		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7769		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7770		Technological University.
7771	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7772		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7773		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7774		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7775	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7776		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7777	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7778		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7779	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7780		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7781		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7782		Inc.
7783	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7784		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7785		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7786	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7787		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7788		University.
7789	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7790		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7791		Association for Progressive Communications.
7792	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7793		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7794		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7795		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7796		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7797		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7798		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7799		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7800	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7801		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7802		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7803		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7804	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7805		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7806		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7807		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7808		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7809		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7810	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7811		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7812			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7813			James B. Davis of TCI.
7814		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7815			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7816		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7817			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7818			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7819			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7820			isn't supported on all compilers.
7821		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7822	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7823		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7824	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7825		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7826	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7827		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7828		(France).
7829	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7830		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7831	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7832		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7833		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7834	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7835		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7836		for different files.
7837	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7838		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7839		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7840	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7841		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7842		changes).
7843
78448.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7845	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7846		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7847		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7848		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7849	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7850		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7851		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7852		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7853		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7854		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7855	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7856		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7857		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7858		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7859		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7860		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7861		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7862		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7863		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7864		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7865	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7866		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7867		results.  This could have security implications.
7868	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7869		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7870		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7871	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7872		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7873		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7874		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7875		Elz.
7876	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7877		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7878	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7879		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7880		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7881		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7882		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7883		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7884		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7885		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7886		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7887		domain names are your friends.
7888	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7889		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7890	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7891		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7892	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7893		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7894		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7895		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7896		of TerraNet.
7897	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7898		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7899		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7900		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7901		of WPI.
7902	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7903		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7904			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7905			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7906			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7907			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7908		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7909			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7910		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7911		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7912		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7913			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7914	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7915		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7916		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7917	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7918		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7919		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7920	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7921		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7922		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7923		Infobiogen (France).
7924	NEW FILES:
7925		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7926		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7927		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7928
79298.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7930	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7931		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7932		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7933		Global Communications.
7934	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7935		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7936	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7937		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7938		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7939		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7940		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7941	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7942		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7943		can be confusing.
7944	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7945		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7946	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7947		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7948	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7949		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7950		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7951		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7952		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7953		Maryland.
7954	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7955		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7956		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7957		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7958		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7959	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7960		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7961		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7962		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7963		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7964	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7965		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7966	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7967		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7968		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7969		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7970	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7971		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7972		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7973		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7974		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7975		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7976		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7977		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7978		Swarthmore University.
7979	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7980		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7981		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7982		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7983			ruleset.
7984		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7985		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7986			-d debug flag.
7987		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7988		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7989		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7990		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7991			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7992			and the parsed address.
7993		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7994			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7995		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7996			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7997			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7998			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7999			recipients.
8000		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8001			return the result.
8002		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8003			`mapname' and return the result.
8004	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8005		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8006	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8007		the header for envelope sender information and uses
8008		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
8009		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8010		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8011		that functionality.
8012	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8013		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8014		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
8015		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8016		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8017		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8018	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8019		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8020		of Michigan Technological University.
8021	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8022		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8023		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8024		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
8025		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
8026		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8027		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
8028		or not.
8029	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8030		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8031		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
8032		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
8033		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8034		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
8035		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8036	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8037		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
8038		should have minimal impact on external function.
8039	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8040		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8041			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
8042		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8043			7	SevenBitInput
8044			8	EightBitMode
8045			A	AliasFile
8046			a	AliasWait
8047			B	BlankSub
8048			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8049			C	CheckpointInterval
8050			c	HoldExpensive
8051			D	AutoRebuildAliases
8052			d	DeliveryMode
8053			E	ErrorHeader
8054			e	ErrorMode
8055			f	SaveFromLine
8056			F	TempFileMode
8057			G	MatchGECOS
8058			H	HelpFile
8059			h	MaxHopCount
8060			i	IgnoreDots
8061			I	ResolverOptions
8062			J	ForwardPath
8063			j	SendMimeErrors
8064			k	ConnectionCacheSize
8065			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
8066			L	LogLevel
8067			l	UseErrorsTo
8068			m	MeToo
8069			n	CheckAliases
8070			O	DaemonPortOptions
8071			o	OldStyleHeaders
8072			P	PostmasterCopy
8073			p	PrivacyOptions
8074			Q	QueueDirectory
8075			q	QueueFactor
8076			R	DontPruneRoutes
8077			r, T	Timeout
8078			S	StatusFile
8079			s	SuperSafe
8080			t	TimeZoneSpec
8081			u	DefaultUser
8082			U	UserDatabaseSpec
8083			V	FallbackMXHost
8084			v	Verbose
8085			w	TryNullMXList
8086			x	QueueLA
8087			X	RefuseLA
8088			Y	ForkEachJob
8089			y	RecipientFactor
8090			z	ClassFactor
8091			Z	RetryFactor
8092		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8093		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8094			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
8095			$l	UnixFromLine
8096			$o	OperatorChars
8097			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
8098		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8099		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8100		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8101		specify "V6" in the configuration.
8102	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8103		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8104		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8105		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
8106		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8107		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8108		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8109		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
8110		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8111		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8112	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8113		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
8114		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8115			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
8116			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8117		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8118			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8119			recipient mailer flags.
8120		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8121		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8122			delivery.
8123		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8124		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8125		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
8126		    |	Check for |program on this address.
8127		    /	Check for /file on this address.
8128		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
8129			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
8130			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8131			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8132		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8133		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8134		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8135	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
8136		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8137		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8138		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
8139		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8140		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
8141		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8142		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8143		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8144		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8145		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8146		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
8147		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8148		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8149		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
8150		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8151			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8152			(essentially, the full MIME option).
8153		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8154			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8155		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8156			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
8157			flag is ignored.
8158		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8159			the setting of F=8.
8160	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8161		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8162		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8163		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8164	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8165		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8166		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
8167		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8168	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
8169		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8170		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
8171		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8172	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8173		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8174		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8175		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
8176		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8177		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8178		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8179		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8180	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8181		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
8182		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8183		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8184		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
8185		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8186		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8187		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8188		Unicom.
8189	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8190		fashion as the U= mailer option.
8191	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8192		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8193		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8194		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8195		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8196		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8197		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8198		from Chip Rosenthal.
8199	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8200		For example,
8201		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8202		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8203		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8204		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8205		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8206		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8207	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8208		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8209		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8210		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8211		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8212		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8213		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8214		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8215		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8216		contribution was to make it configurable).
8217	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8218		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8219		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8220		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8221		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8222		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8223	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8224		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8225		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8226		I/O redirection.
8227	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8228		can be confusing.
8229	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8230		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8231		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8232	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8233	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8234		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8235		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8236		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8237		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8238		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8239		queue-only.
8240	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8241		:include: and .forward files.
8242	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8243		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8244		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8245		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8246		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8247	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8248		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8249	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8250		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8251		Sun Microsystems.
8252	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8253		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8254		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8255		Hutton of Indiana University.
8256	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8257		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8258		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8259		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8260		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8261		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8262	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8263		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8264		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8265		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8266		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8267		as comments.
8268	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8269		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8270		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8271		are from sysexits.h.
8272	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8273		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8274		    Kmap1 ...
8275		    Kmap2 ...
8276		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8277		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8278		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8279		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8280	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8281		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8282		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8283		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8284		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8285		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8286		    Ksample switch hosts
8287		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8288		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8289		equivalent to
8290		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8291		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8292	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8293		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8294		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8295		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8296		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8297	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8298		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8299		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8300	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8301		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8302		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8303		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8304	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8305		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8306		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8307		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8308		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8309		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8310		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8311		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8312		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8313	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8314		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8315		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8316		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8317		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8318	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8319		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8320		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8321		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8322		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8323		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8324		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8325	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8326		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8327		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8328		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8329		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8330		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8331	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8332		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8333		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8334		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8335		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8336		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8337		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8338	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8339		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8340		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8341	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8342		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8343		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8344		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8345	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8346		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8347		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8348		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8349		much longer than the specified timeout.
8350	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8351		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8352		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8353		denial-of-service attack.
8354	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8355		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8356		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8357	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8358		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8359		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8360		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8361		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8362		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8363		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8364		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8365		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8366		actually file lookups.
8367	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8368		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8369		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8370		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8371	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8372		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8373		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8374		support for them has been removed.
8375	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8376		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8377		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8378	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8379		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8380		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8381		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8382	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8383		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8384		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8385	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8386		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8387		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8388	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8389		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8390		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8391	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8392		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8393		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8394	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8395		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8396		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8397		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8398		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8399		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8400		Microsystems.
8401	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8402		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8403		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8404		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8405		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8406		option can give the network software time to establish
8407		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8408	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8409		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8410		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8411		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8412	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8413		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8414		the National Computer Security Center.
8415	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8416		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8417		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8418		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8419		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8420	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8421		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8422		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8423		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8424		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8425		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8426		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8427		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8428		University Computing Service.
8429	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8430		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8431		the University of Kentucky.
8432	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8433		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8434		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8435	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8436		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8437	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8438		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8439		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8440		Corporation.
8441	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8442		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8443		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8444		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8445	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8446		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8447		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8448		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8449		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8450		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8451		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8452	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8453		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8454		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8455	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8456		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8457		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8458		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8459	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8460		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8461		Communications.
8462	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8463		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8464		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8465		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8466		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8467	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8468		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8469		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8470		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8471		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8472	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8473		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8474	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8475		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8476		on values:
8477		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8478					message will be passed on even
8479					though it is in technically
8480					illegal syntax.
8481		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8482					recipients that it can find from
8483					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8484					Bcc: recipients.
8485		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8486					has almost no redeeming social value,
8487					and is provided only for back
8488					compatibility.
8489		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8490					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8491					which will have the effect of
8492					making the message legal without
8493					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8494		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8495					There is a chance that mailers down
8496					the line will delete this header,
8497					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8498					recipients.
8499		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8500	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8501		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8502		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8503		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8504		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8505	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8506		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8507		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8508		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8509		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8510		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8511		For example, if you run with
8512			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8513		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8514		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8515		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8516		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8517	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8518		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8519			list: member1
8520			list: member2
8521		and an alias file declared as:
8522			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8523		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8524		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8525		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8526	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8527	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8528		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8529		Johannesen.
8530	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8531		to be simpler and more consistent.
8532	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8533		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8534		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8535		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8536	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8537		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8538		This may affect some people who have written their own
8539		checkcompat() routine.
8540	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8541		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8542		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8543	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8544		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8545		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8546		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8547	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8548		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8549		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8550		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8551		Corporation.
8552	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8553		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8554		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8555		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8556		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8557		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8558		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8559		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8560	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8561		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8562		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8563	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8564		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8565		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8566	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8567		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8568		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8569	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8570		the header.
8571	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8572	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8573		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8574		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8575	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8576		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8577		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8578		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8579		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8580		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8581	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8582		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8583		is added between the first and second word of the first
8584		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8585		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8586		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8587		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8588		old sendmails understand.
8589	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8590		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8591	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8592		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8593		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8594		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8595		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8596		data -- for example,
8597		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8598					(romanized/less information)
8599		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8600					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8601					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8602		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8603					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8604		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8605		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8606	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8607		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8608		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8609		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8610		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8611		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8612		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8613	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8614		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8615		increment on the background value).
8616	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8617		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8618		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8619	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8620		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8621		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8622	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8623		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8624		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8625		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8626		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8627	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8628		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8629		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8630		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8631		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8632		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8633		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8634		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8635		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8636	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8637		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8638		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8639		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8640		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8641		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8642		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8643	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8644		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8645		service type is "files".
8646	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8647		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8648		into class "c".
8649	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8650		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8651		contributed by SunSoft.
8652	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8653		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8654		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8655		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8656		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8657		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8658		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8659		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8660		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8661		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8662	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8663		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8664		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8665		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8666	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8667		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8668		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8669		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8670		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8671		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8672		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8673	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8674		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8675	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8676		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8677		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8678	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8679		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8680		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8681		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8682		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8683		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8684		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8685		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8686		flags.
8687	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8688		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8689		Motonori Nakamura.
8690	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8691		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8692		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8693		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8694		of MIT.
8695	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8696		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8697	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8698		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8699		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8700		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8701		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8702		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8703		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8704		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8705		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8706	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8707		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8708		the make.
8709	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8710		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8711		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8712		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8713	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8714		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8715		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8716		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8717		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8718		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8719	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8720		of Sun Microsystems.
8721	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8722		is at least 50% faster.
8723	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8724		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8725		University.
8726	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8727		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8728	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8729		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8730		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8731		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8732	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8733		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8734		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8735	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8736		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8737		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8738		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8739		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8740		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8741	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8742		Carnegie Mellon.
8743	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8744		support.
8745	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8746		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8747		Global Information Solutions.
8748	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8749		From Motonori Nakamura.
8750	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8751		Motonori Nakamura.
8752	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8753		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8754	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8755		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8756		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8757		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8758		James of British Telecom.
8759	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8760		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8761	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8762		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8763		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8764		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8765		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8766		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8767		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8768	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8769		a bad guy can read your private files.
8770	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8771		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8772		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8773			University.  This expands the disk size
8774			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8775		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8776			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8777		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8778			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8779		Linux Makefile typo.
8780		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8781			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8782		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8783			University, Chico.
8784		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8785			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8786			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8787			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8788			This requires adaptation of code that really
8789			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8790			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8791		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8792			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8793		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8794			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8795		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8796			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8797			problems.
8798		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8799			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8800			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8801		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8802			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8803		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8804			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8805		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8806			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8807			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8808			Wemm of DIALix.
8809		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8810			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8811			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8812			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8813			of Ohio State University.
8814		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8815			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8816			University.
8817		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8818			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8819			Mainz.
8820		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8821		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8822			wrong statfs call).
8823		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8824		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8825			University.
8826		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8827		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8828			Rochester Medical Center.
8829		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8830			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8831			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8832			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8833			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8834		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8835			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8836			Division.
8837		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8838			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8839		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8840			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8841		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8842			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8843		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8844		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8845			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8846		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8847		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8848		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8849		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8850		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8851			of Meteo France.
8852		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8853		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8854		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8855		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8856		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8857		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8858		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8859		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8860		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8861		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8862			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8863		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8864			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8865		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8866			of Colorado.
8867		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8868	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8869		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8870		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8871	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8872		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8873		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8874		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8875	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8876		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8877		giving the local administrator more control over what
8878		programs can be run from sendmail.
8879	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8880		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8881		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8882		never will.
8883	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8884		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8885		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8886	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8887		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8888		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8889		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8890		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8891	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8892		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8893	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8894		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8895		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8896		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8897			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8898		or
8899			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8900		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8901		can use:
8902			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8903		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8904		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8905		compatibility.
8906	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8907		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8908	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8909		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8910	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8911		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8912		County.
8913	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8914	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8915		just unqualified ones.
8916	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8917		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8918	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8919		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8920	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8921		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8922		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8923		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8924		centralized hub.
8925	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8926	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8927		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8928		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8929	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8930		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8931		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8932		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8933		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8934	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8935		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8936		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8937	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8938		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8939		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8940		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8941		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8942		but it is a no-op.
8943	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8944		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8945		as User Unknown.
8946	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8947		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8948		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8949		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8950	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8951		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8952		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8953	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8954		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8955		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8956		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8957	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8958		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8959		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8960	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8961	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8962		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8963	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8964		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8965		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8966		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8967	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8968		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8969		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8970		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8971		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8972		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8973		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8974		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8975	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8976		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8977		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8978		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8979		assumed.
8980	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8981		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8982		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8983		Information Systems Agency.
8984	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8985		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8986		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8987	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8988		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8989		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8990		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8991		that really can be used in the real world.
8992	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8993		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8994		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8995	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8996		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8997	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8998		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8999		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
9000		by Scott Hutton.
9001	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
9002		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9003	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9004		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9005		people.
9006	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9007		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9008	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9009		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
9010		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9011	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9012		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9013		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9014	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9015		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
9016		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9017		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9018	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9019		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9020		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9021		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9022		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
9023		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9024	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9025		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
9026		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9027	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9028		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
9029		by Kimmo Suominen.
9030	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9031		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9032		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9033	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9034		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9035	NEW FILES:
9036		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
9037		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9038		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
9039		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9040		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9041		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9042		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9043		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9044		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9045		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9046		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
9047		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9048		cf/domain/generic.m4
9049		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9050		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9051		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9052		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
9053		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9054		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9055		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
9056		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
9057		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
9058		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9059		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9060		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9061		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9062		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
9063		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
9064		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
9065		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
9066		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9067		contrib/bsdi.mc
9068		contrib/mailprio
9069		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9070		mail.local/mail.local.0
9071		makemap/makemap.0
9072		smrsh/README
9073		smrsh/smrsh.0
9074		smrsh/smrsh.8
9075		smrsh/smrsh.c
9076		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9077		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9078		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9079		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9080		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9081		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9082		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9083		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9084		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9085		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9086		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9087		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9088		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9089		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9090		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9091		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9092		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9093		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9094		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9095		src/aliases.0
9096		src/mailq.0
9097		src/mime.c
9098		src/newaliases.0
9099		src/sendmail.0
9100		test/t_seteuid.c
9101	RENAMED FILES:
9102		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9103		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9104		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9105		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9106		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9107		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9108		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9109		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9110		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9111		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9112		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9113		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9114		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9115		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9116		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9117		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9118		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9119		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9120		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9121		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9122		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9123	OBSOLETED FILES:
9124		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
9125		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
9126		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
9127		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9128		cf/cf/knecht.mc
9129		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9130		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9131		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9132		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9133		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9134		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9135		contrib/rcpt-streaming
9136		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9137
91388.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
9139	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9140		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9141		any user (except root).
9142	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9143		version number is unchanged.
9144
91458.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
9146	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9147		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
9148		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9149		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9150		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9151		each other!).
9152	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9153		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9154		than fork().
9155
91568.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
9157	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9158		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9159	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9160		message when attempted from IDENT.
9161	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9162		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
9163		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
9164		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9165	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9166		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9167		partial lines.
9168	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9169		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
9170		Rob McMahon.
9171	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9172		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
9173		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9174		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9175	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9176		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
9177		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9178		Novell Labs Europe.
9179	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9180		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
9181		Cal State Chico.
9182	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
9183		*Hobbit*.
9184	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9185		and Liudvikas Bukys.
9186	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9187		from Spider Boardman.
9188	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9189		with the binaries).
9190
91918.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9192	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9193		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9194	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9195		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9196		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9197		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9198		implications.
9199	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9200		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9201		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9202		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9203	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9204		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9205		University of Texas.
9206	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9207		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9208		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9209		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9210	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9211		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9212		Data General.
9213	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9214		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9215		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9216	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9217		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9218		with a lot of arguments).
9219	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9220		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9221		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9222		Michigan.
9223	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9224		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9225		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9226		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9227		Thibault.
9228	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9229		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9230		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9231		some of the map code.
9232	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9233		with the binaries).
9234
92358.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9236	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9237		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9238		may have some security implications.
9239	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9240		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9241		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9242	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9243		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9244	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9245		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9246	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9247	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9248		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9249		option.
9250	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9251		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9252		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9253		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9254		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9255		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9256		Rochester.
9257	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9258		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9259		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9260	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9261		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9262		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9263	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9264		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9265		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9266	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9267		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9268		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9269		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9270		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9271		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9272		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9273		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9274		messages.
9275	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9276		message to explain how much space was available and
9277		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9278		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9279	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9280		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9281		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9282		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9283		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9284		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9285		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9286		Kapor Enterprises.
9287	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9288		without recompiling.
9289	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9290		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9291		purely cosmetic.
9292	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9293		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9294		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9295	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9296		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9297		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9298		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9299		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9300		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9301		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9302	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9303		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9304		Wolfhugel.
9305	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9306		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9307		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9308		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9309		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9310		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9311		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9312		size around and can never start listening to connections
9313		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9314		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9315		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9316		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9317		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9318		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9319		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9320		implications.
9321	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9322		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9323	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9324		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9325		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9326	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9327		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9328		information.
9329	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9330		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9331		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9332		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9333		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9334		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9335		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9336	Portability fixes:
9337		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9338		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9339		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9340		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9341		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9342		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9343			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9344		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9345			Corporation.
9346		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9347		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9348			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9349		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9350	New Files:
9351		src/Makefile.CLIX
9352		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9353		doc/changes/Makefile
9354		doc/changes/changes.me
9355		doc/changes/changes.ps
9356
93578.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9358	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9359		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9360		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9361
93628.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9363	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9364		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9365		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9366		list.
9367
93688.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9369	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9370		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9371		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9372		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9373		valid shell.
9374	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9375		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9376		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9377		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9378		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9379		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9380	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9381		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9382		from a local user to another local user.  From
9383		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9384	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9385		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9386		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9387	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9388		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9389		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9390		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9391		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9392		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9393		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9394		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9395		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9396	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9397		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9398		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9399	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9400		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9401		BSD-like system.
9402	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9403		protocol entirely.
9404	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9405		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9406		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9407		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9408		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9409	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9410	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9411		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9412		files.
9413	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9414		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9415		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9416	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9417		of CMU.
9418	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9419		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9420		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9421	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9422		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9423		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9424		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9425	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9426		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9427		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9428		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9429		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9430		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9431	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9432		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9433	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9434		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9435		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9436		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9437		Motonori Nakamura.
9438	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9439		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9440		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9441	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9442		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9443		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9444		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9445	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9446		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9447		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9448	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9449		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9450		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9451	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9452		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9453		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9454		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9455	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9456		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9457		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9458		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9459	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9460		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9461		didn't see the class items being added.
9462	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9463		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9464		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9465		Rutgers.
9466	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9467		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9468	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9469		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9470		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9471		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9472		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9473		the problem myself.
9474	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9475		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9476		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9477		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9478	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9479		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9480		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9481		UUNET.
9482	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9483		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9484		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9485		John Oleynick.
9486	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9487		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9488		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9489	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9490		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9491		Nakamura.
9492	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9493		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9494		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9495		University of Washington.
9496	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9497		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9498	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9499		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9500		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9501		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9502		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9503		of Cambridge University.
9504	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9505		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9506		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9507	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9508		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9509		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9510	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9511		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9512		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9513		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9514		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9515		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9516		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9517		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9518		a chance.
9519	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9520		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9521	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9522		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9523		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9524		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9525		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9526		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9527		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9528		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9529	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9530		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9531	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9532	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9533		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9534		size for various mailers.
9535	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9536		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9537		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9538	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9539		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9540		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9541	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9542	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9543		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9544		system.
9545	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9546		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9547		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9548	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9549		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9550		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9551	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9552		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9553		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9554		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9555		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9556		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9557		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9558		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9559		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9560		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9561		University of Sydney.
9562	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9563		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9564		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9565		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9566		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9567	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9568		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9569		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9570		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9571		Suominen.
9572	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9573		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9574		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9575		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9576	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9577		Suominen.
9578	Portability fixes:
9579		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9580		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9581		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9582		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9583		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9584		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9585		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9586		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9587		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9588	NEW FILES:
9589		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9590		src/Makefile.PTX
9591		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9592		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9593		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9594		src/mailq.1
9595		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9596		doc/op/Makefile
9597		doc/intro/Makefile
9598		doc/usenix/Makefile
9599
96008.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9601	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9602		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9603		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9604	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9605		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9606		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9607		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9608		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9609	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9610		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9611		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9612		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9613		Christian Wettergren.
9614	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9615		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9616		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9617		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9618		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9619		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9620		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9621		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9622		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9623		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9624		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9625		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9626		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9627		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9628	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9629		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9630		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9631		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9632	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9633		connection to create problems on the current job.
9634		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9635		the wrong place.
9636	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9637		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9638		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9639		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9640	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9641		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9642	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9643		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9644		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9645	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9646		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9647		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9648		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9649		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9650	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9651		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9652		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9653	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9654		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9655		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9656	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9657		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9658	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9659		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9660		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9661		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9662	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9663		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9664		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9665	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9666		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9667		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9668	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9669		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9670		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9671	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9672		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9673		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9674		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9675		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9676		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9677	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9678		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9679		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9680		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9681	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9682		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9683		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9684		dot convention.
9685	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9686		of from a clean exit.
9687	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9688		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9689		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9690	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9691		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9692		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9693		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9694	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9695		Jones of UUNET.
9696	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9697		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9698		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9699		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9700	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9701		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9702		says that they should be ignored.
9703	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9704		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9705		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9706		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9707		is not reentrant.
9708	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9709		documented in the Bat Book.
9710	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9711		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9712		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9713		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9714	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9715		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9716		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9717		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9718		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9719	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9720		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9721	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9722		of Kyoto University.
9723	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9724		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9725	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9726		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9727	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9728		Bryan Costales.
9729	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9730		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9731	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9732		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9733		Nakamura.
9734	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9735		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9736		illegal addresses appearing there).
9737	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9738		BB&N.
9739	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9740		included.
9741	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9742		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9743	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9744		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9745		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9746		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9747	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9748		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9749	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9750		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9751		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9752	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9753		to include a host name or other useful information.
9754	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9755		DeMarco.
9756	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9757		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9758		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9759		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9760		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9761	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9762		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9763	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9764		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9765		this properly).
9766	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9767		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9768		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9769	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9770		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9771		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9772		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9773		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9774		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9775		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9776		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9777	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9778		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9779		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9780		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9781		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9782		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9783		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9784	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9785		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9786		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9787		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9788	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9789		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9790	Portability fixes for:
9791		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9792		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9793		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9794		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9795		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9796			of Stoner Associates.
9797		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9798		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9799			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9800			of Maryland.
9801		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9802		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9803		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9804		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9805		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9806		RISC/os.
9807		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9808			at Chico.
9809		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9810		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9811		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9812			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9813			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9814	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9815		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9816		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9817		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9818		addresses when relaying internally.
9819	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9820		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9821		provided by Peter Wemm.
9822	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9823		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9824		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9825	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9826		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9827	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9828		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9829		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9830		names.
9831	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9832		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9833		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9834	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9835		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9836		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9837		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9838		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9839	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9840		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9841	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9842	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9843		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9844		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9845		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9846		of Georgia Tech.
9847	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9848		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9849	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9850		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9851		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9852		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9853		the local name prepended.
9854	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9855	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9856	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9857		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9858	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9859		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9860		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9861	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9862		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9863			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9864		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9865			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9866			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9867			cause some .forward files that have worked
9868			before to start failing.
9869		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9870	NEW FILES:
9871		src/Makefile.DGUX
9872		src/Makefile.Dynix
9873		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9874		src/Makefile.Mach386
9875		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9876		src/Makefile.RISCos
9877		src/Makefile.SCO
9878		src/Makefile.SVR4
9879		src/Makefile.Titan
9880		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9881		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9882		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9883		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9884		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9885		makemap/Makefile.dist
9886		praliases/Makefile.dist
9887
98888.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9889	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9890		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9891		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9892	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9893		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9894		class of attack.
9895	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9896		in a few critical places.
9897	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9898		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9899		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9900		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9901		and High-Energy Physics.
9902	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9903		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9904		Eric Wassenaar.
9905	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9906		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9907		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9908		Wassenaar.
9909	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9910		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9911		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9912		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9913	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9914		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9915		these can have different values depending on which
9916		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9917	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9918		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9919	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9920		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9921		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9922		postmaster" case.
9923	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9924	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9925		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9926	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9927		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9928		Christopher Davis.
9929	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9930		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9931		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9932		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9933	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9934		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9935
99368.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9937	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9938		addresses that get return-receipts.
9939	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9940		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9941		and end up sending the message several times.
9942	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9943		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9944		four hours".
9945	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9946		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9947		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9948		Cornell University Medical College.
9949	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9950		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9951		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9952		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9953		Wassenaar.
9954	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9955		connections fail during message collection.  From
9956		Eric Wassenaar.
9957	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9958		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9959		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9960		Stratus.
9961	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9962		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9963		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9964	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9965		by non-root users were not put into
9966		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9967		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9968		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9969	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9970		could get confused as to whether a database was
9971		open or not.
9972	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9973		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9974		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9975		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9976		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9977	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9978		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9979		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9980	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9981
99828.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9983	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9984	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9985		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9986		propagated to the queue file.
9987
99888.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9989	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9990		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9991	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9992		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9993		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9994		header files but don't have the syscall.
9995	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9996		if trymx == FALSE.
9997	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9998		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9999		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10000		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10001	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10002		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10003	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10004		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10005		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10006		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10007		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10008		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10009		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10010	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
10011		Kanbe.
10012	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10013		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
10014		Wisner of The Well.
10015	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10016		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10017	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10018		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10019		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
10020		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10021		files that you should be able to read but have previously
10022		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10023		read permission.
10024	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10025		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10026		MX suppression will still work.
10027	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10028		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
10029		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10030		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10031	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10032		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
10033		Nakamura.
10034	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10035		"CX $Z" works.
10036	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10037		trying to send the original message if the connection
10038		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10039		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
10040		by John Myers of CMU.
10041	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10042		term bug.
10043	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10044		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10045		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10046		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
10047		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10048		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
10049	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10050	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10051		ruleset testing a bit easier.
10052	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10053		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10054		level.
10055	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10056		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
10057		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
10058		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10059		address.
10060	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10061		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10062		Harvey Mudd College.
10063	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10064		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
10065		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10066		their full name information.
10067	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10068		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10069		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
10070	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10071		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10072	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10073		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10074		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10075		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10076	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10077		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
10078		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10079		PC TCP/IP implementations.
10080	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10081		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
10082		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
10083		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10084		names.
10085	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10086		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10087		helpful.
10088	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10089		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
10090		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
10091		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10092	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10093		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10094		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10095	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10096		that claims to be itself works properly.
10097	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10098		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10099		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10100		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10101	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10102		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
10103		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10104	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10105		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10106		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10107		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10108		scratch.
10109	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10110		true address to still send to the original address
10111		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10112		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10113		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10114	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
10115		more trouble than it was worth.
10116	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10117		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
10118		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10119	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
10120		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10121		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10122	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10123		the queue.
10124	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10125		messages don't come out with stale information.
10126	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10127		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10128	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10129		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
10130		Myers of CMU.
10131	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10132		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
10133		Corrigan.
10134	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10135		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
10136		sender address.
10137	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10138	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10139	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10140		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10141		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10142		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10143		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10144		that does bulk data transfer).
10145	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
10146		Amir Plivatsky.
10147	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
10148		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10149		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10150		bogus config files that were not caught.
10151	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10152		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10153	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10154		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10155		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10156	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10157		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10158	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10159		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10160		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10161		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10162	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10163		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10164	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10165		opened or if running with no database format defined.
10166	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10167		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10168	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10169		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
10170		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10171		Melbourne.
10172	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10173		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10174		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
10175		to match regular entries.
10176	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10177		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10178	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10179		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10180	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10181		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10182		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10183	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10184		error message so that the "subject" line of return
10185		messages is the best possible.
10186	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10187		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10188		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10189	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10190		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10191	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10192		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10193	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10194		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10195	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10196	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10197		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10198		on the address.
10199	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10200		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10201		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10202		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10203		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10204	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10205	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10206	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10207		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10208		addresses in any detail.
10209	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10210		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10211	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10212		with an address such as "!foo".
10213	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10214		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10215		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10216		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10217		Bret Marquis.
10218
102198.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10220	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10221		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10222		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10223		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10224	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10225		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10226		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10227		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10228		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10229		Nakamura.
10230	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10231		are no DNS records matching the name.
10232	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10233		original message was received ... from localhost".
10234		The correct original host information is now included.
10235	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10236		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10237		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10238	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10239		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10240	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10241		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10242		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10243		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10244		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10245		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10246		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10247		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10248
102498.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10250	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10251		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10252		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10253		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10254		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10255		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10256		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10257		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10258		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10259		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10260		UIUC sendmail.
10261	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10262		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10263		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10264		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10265		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10266		by Neil Rickert.
10267	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10268		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10269		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10270		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10271		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10272		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10273		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10274		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10275		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10276		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10277	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10278		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10279		humans.
10280	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10281		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10282	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10283		repaired).
10284	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10285		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10286		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10287		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10288	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10289		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10290		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10291	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10292		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10293		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10294		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10295		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10296	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10297		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10298		core dumps on some machines.
10299	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10300		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10301		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10302		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10303		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10304		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10305		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10306		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10307		some true error conditions.
10308	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10309		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10310		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10311		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10312	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10313		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10314		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10315		by Motonori Nakamura.
10316	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10317		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10318		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10319		a queue run than a direct run.
10320	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10321		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10322		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10323	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10324		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10325		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10326		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10327		restart it.
10328	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10329		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10330		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10331		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10332		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10333		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10334		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10335		is appropriately functional.
10336	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10337		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10338		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10339		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10340	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10341		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10342		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10343		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10344		Technologies.
10345	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10346		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10347		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10348		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10349		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10350		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10351		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10352		things.
10353	Portability changes:
10354		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10355			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10356			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10357			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10358			of Colorado.
10359		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10360			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10361		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10362			Corporation.
10363		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10364			documentation apparently doesn't define
10365			__STDC__ by default).
10366		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10367		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10368			Motonori Nakamura.
10369	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10370	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10371		several people have made a good argument that this
10372		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10373		may prove painful in the short run).
10374	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10375		format.
10376	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10377		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10378		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10379	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10380		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10381		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10382		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10383		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10384	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10385		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10386		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10387		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10388	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10389		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10390		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10391		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10392	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10393		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10394		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10395		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10396		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10397	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10398		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10399
104008.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10401	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10402		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10403		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10404		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10405		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10406		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10407		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10408		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10409		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10410	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10411		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10412		"user friendly".
10413	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10414		16 bytes/sec.
10415	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10416		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10417		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10418		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10419		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10420		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10421		for quick test cases.
10422	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10423		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10424		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10425		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10426	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10427		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10428		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10429	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10430		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10431		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10432		From Michael Corrigan.
10433	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10434		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10435		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10436	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10437		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10438		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10439	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10440		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10441		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10442	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10443
104448.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10445	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10446	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10447		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10448		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10449	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10450	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10451		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10452		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10453		from Bill Wisner.
10454	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10455		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10456	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10457		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10458		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10459	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10460		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10461		match the other flags in that file.
10462	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10463	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10464		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10465	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10466		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10467		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10468	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10469		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10470	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10471		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10472		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10473	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10474		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10475		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10476	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10477		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10478		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10479		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10480		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10481	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10482		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10483		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10484		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10485		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10486		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10487		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10488		be owned by you.
10489	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10490		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10491		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10492		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10493	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10494	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10495	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10496		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10497		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10498		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10499		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10500		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10501	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10502		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10503		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10504		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10505		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10506		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10507		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10508		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10509		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10510		it adapts.
10511	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10512		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10513		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10514		way.
10515	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10516		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10517		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10518	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10519		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10520		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10521		only happen when there has been another error in the
10522		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10523		by default in conf.h.
10524	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10525		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10526		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10527		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10528		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10529		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10530		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10531		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10532	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10533		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10534		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10535		See cf/README for an example.
10536	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10537		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10538	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10539		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10540		has been requested by several people, but can break
10541		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10542		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10543		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10544		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10545	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10546		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10547		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10548	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10549		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10550		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10551		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10552	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10553		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10554		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10555
105568.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10557	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10558		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10559	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10560		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10561		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10562	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10563
105648.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10565	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10566		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10567		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10568
105698.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10570	Another mailertable fix....
10571
105728.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10573	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10574